diff options
| author | kx <kx@radix.pro> | 2024-06-04 06:43:08 +0300 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | kx <kx@radix.pro> | 2024-06-04 06:43:08 +0300 |
| commit | 7e2ccccace24636f29ddc210b94606abd4c7e42b (patch) | |
| tree | 545d43ea12671048956cafeb12303e84d601e571 /MdeModulePkg/Universal/HiiDatabaseDxe/ConfigRouting.c | |
| parent | 27b044605cd5f6b33a3d231576003850b3fe305b (diff) | |
| download | edk2-trunk.tar.xz | |
Renormalized end-of-lines from master@27b044605cd5f6b33a3d231576003850b3fe305btrunk
Diffstat (limited to 'MdeModulePkg/Universal/HiiDatabaseDxe/ConfigRouting.c')
| -rw-r--r-- | MdeModulePkg/Universal/HiiDatabaseDxe/ConfigRouting.c | 12892 |
1 files changed, 6446 insertions, 6446 deletions
diff --git a/MdeModulePkg/Universal/HiiDatabaseDxe/ConfigRouting.c b/MdeModulePkg/Universal/HiiDatabaseDxe/ConfigRouting.c index 5ae6189a28..1556fb72df 100644 --- a/MdeModulePkg/Universal/HiiDatabaseDxe/ConfigRouting.c +++ b/MdeModulePkg/Universal/HiiDatabaseDxe/ConfigRouting.c @@ -1,6446 +1,6446 @@ -/** @file
-Implementation of interfaces function for EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL.
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#include "HiiDatabase.h"
-extern HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA mPrivate;
-
-/**
- Calculate the number of Unicode characters of the incoming Configuration string,
- not including NULL terminator.
-
- This is a internal function.
-
- @param String String in <MultiConfigRequest> or
- <MultiConfigResp> format.
-
- @return The number of Unicode characters.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-CalculateConfigStringLen (
- IN EFI_STRING String
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
-
- //
- // "GUID=" should be the first element of incoming string.
- //
- ASSERT (String != NULL);
- ASSERT (StrnCmp (String, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0);
-
- //
- // The beginning of next <ConfigRequest>/<ConfigResp> should be "&GUID=".
- // Will meet '\0' if there is only one <ConfigRequest>/<ConfigResp>.
- //
- TmpPtr = StrStr (String, L"&GUID=");
- if (TmpPtr == NULL) {
- return StrLen (String);
- }
-
- return (TmpPtr - String);
-}
-
-/**
- Convert the hex UNICODE %02x encoding of a UEFI device path to binary
- from <PathHdr> of <ConfigHdr>.
-
- This is a internal function.
-
- @param String UEFI configuration string
- @param DevicePathData Binary of a UEFI device path.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The device path is not invalid.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any incoming parameter is invalid.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Lake of resources to store necessary structures.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device path is retrieved and translated to
- binary format.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetDevicePath (
- IN EFI_STRING String,
- OUT UINT8 **DevicePathData
- )
-{
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_STRING PathHdr;
- UINT8 *DevicePathBuffer;
- CHAR16 TemStr[2];
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 DigitUint8;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
-
- if ((String == NULL) || (DevicePathData == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Find the 'PATH=' of <PathHdr> and skip it.
- //
- for ( ; (*String != 0 && StrnCmp (String, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0); String++) {
- }
-
- if (*String == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether path data does exist.
- //
- String += StrLen (L"PATH=");
- if (*String == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- PathHdr = String;
-
- //
- // The content between 'PATH=' of <ConfigHdr> and '&' of next element
- // or '\0' (end of configuration string) is the UNICODE %02x bytes encoding
- // of UEFI device path.
- //
- for (Length = 0; *String != 0 && *String != L'&'; String++, Length++) {
- }
-
- //
- // Check DevicePath Length
- //
- if (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // The data in <PathHdr> is encoded as hex UNICODE %02x bytes in the same order
- // as the device path resides in RAM memory.
- // Translate the data into binary.
- //
- DevicePathBuffer = (UINT8 *)AllocateZeroPool ((Length + 1) / 2);
- if (DevicePathBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Convert DevicePath
- //
- ZeroMem (TemStr, sizeof (TemStr));
- for (Index = 0; Index < Length; Index++) {
- TemStr[0] = PathHdr[Index];
- DigitUint8 = (UINT8)StrHexToUint64 (TemStr);
- if ((Index & 1) == 0) {
- DevicePathBuffer[Index/2] = DigitUint8;
- } else {
- DevicePathBuffer[Index/2] = (UINT8)((DevicePathBuffer[Index/2] << 4) + DigitUint8);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Validate DevicePath
- //
- DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)DevicePathBuffer;
- while (!IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePath)) {
- if ((DevicePath->Type == 0) || (DevicePath->SubType == 0) || (DevicePathNodeLength (DevicePath) < sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL))) {
- //
- // Invalid device path
- //
- FreePool (DevicePathBuffer);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (DevicePath);
- }
-
- //
- // return the device path
- //
- *DevicePathData = DevicePathBuffer;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Converts the unicode character of the string from uppercase to lowercase.
- This is a internal function.
-
- @param ConfigString String to be converted
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-HiiToLower (
- IN EFI_STRING ConfigString
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING String;
- BOOLEAN Lower;
-
- ASSERT (ConfigString != NULL);
-
- //
- // Convert all hex digits in range [A-F] in the configuration header to [a-f]
- //
- for (String = ConfigString, Lower = FALSE; *String != L'\0'; String++) {
- if (*String == L'=') {
- Lower = TRUE;
- } else if (*String == L'&') {
- Lower = FALSE;
- } else if (Lower && (*String >= L'A') && (*String <= L'F')) {
- *String = (CHAR16)(*String - L'A' + L'a');
- }
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- Generate a sub string then output it.
-
- This is a internal function.
-
- @param String A constant string which is the prefix of the to be
- generated string, e.g. GUID=
-
- @param BufferLen The length of the Buffer in bytes.
-
- @param Buffer Points to a buffer which will be converted to be the
- content of the generated string.
-
- @param Flag If 1, the buffer contains data for the value of GUID or PATH stored in
- UINT8 *; if 2, the buffer contains unicode string for the value of NAME;
- if 3, the buffer contains other data.
-
- @param SubStr Points to the output string. It's caller's
- responsibility to free this buffer.
-
-
-**/
-VOID
-GenerateSubStr (
- IN CONST EFI_STRING String,
- IN UINTN BufferLen,
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINT8 Flag,
- OUT EFI_STRING *SubStr
- )
-{
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_STRING Str;
- EFI_STRING StringHeader;
- CHAR16 *TemString;
- CHAR16 *TemName;
- UINT8 *TemBuffer;
- UINTN Index;
-
- ASSERT (String != NULL && SubStr != NULL);
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- *SubStr = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (String), String);
- ASSERT (*SubStr != NULL);
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Header + Data + '&' + '\0'
- //
- Length = StrLen (String) + BufferLen * 2 + 1 + 1;
- Str = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
- ASSERT (Str != NULL);
-
- StrCpyS (Str, Length, String);
-
- StringHeader = Str + StrLen (String);
- TemString = (CHAR16 *)StringHeader;
-
- switch (Flag) {
- case 1:
- //
- // Convert Buffer to Hex String in reverse order
- //
- TemBuffer = ((UINT8 *)Buffer);
- for (Index = 0; Index < BufferLen; Index++, TemBuffer++) {
- UnicodeValueToStringS (
- TemString,
- sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)),
- PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
- *TemBuffer,
- 2
- );
- TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length));
- }
-
- break;
- case 2:
- //
- // Check buffer is enough
- //
- TemName = (CHAR16 *)Buffer;
- ASSERT ((BufferLen * 2 + 1) >= (StrLen (TemName) * 4 + 1));
- //
- // Convert Unicode String to Config String, e.g. "ABCD" => "0041004200430044"
- //
- for ( ; *TemName != L'\0'; TemName++) {
- UnicodeValueToStringS (
- TemString,
- sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)),
- PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
- *TemName,
- 4
- );
- TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length));
- }
-
- break;
- case 3:
- //
- // Convert Buffer to Hex String
- //
- TemBuffer = ((UINT8 *)Buffer) + BufferLen - 1;
- for (Index = 0; Index < BufferLen; Index++, TemBuffer--) {
- UnicodeValueToStringS (
- TemString,
- sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)),
- PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
- *TemBuffer,
- 2
- );
- TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length));
- }
-
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Convert the uppercase to lowercase since <HexAf> is defined in lowercase format.
- //
- StrCatS (Str, Length, L"&");
- HiiToLower (Str);
-
- *SubStr = Str;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieve the <ConfigBody> from String then output it.
-
- This is a internal function.
-
- @param String A sub string of a configuration string in
- <MultiConfigAltResp> format.
- @param ConfigBody Points to the output string. It's caller's
- responsibility to free this buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER There is no form package in current hii database.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to finish this operation.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All existing storage is exported.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-OutputConfigBody (
- IN EFI_STRING String,
- OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigBody
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
- EFI_STRING Result;
- UINTN Length;
-
- if ((String == NULL) || (ConfigBody == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // The setting information should start OFFSET, not ALTCFG.
- //
- if (StrnCmp (String, L"&ALTCFG=", StrLen (L"&ALTCFG=")) == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- TmpPtr = StrStr (String, L"GUID=");
- if (TmpPtr == NULL) {
- //
- // It is the last <ConfigResp> of the incoming configuration string.
- //
- Result = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (String), String);
- if (Result == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- } else {
- *ConfigBody = Result;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- Length = TmpPtr - String;
- if (Length == 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Result = AllocateCopyPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16), String);
- if (Result == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- *(Result + Length - 1) = 0;
- *ConfigBody = Result;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Append a string to a multi-string format.
-
- This is a internal function.
-
- @param MultiString String in <MultiConfigRequest>,
- <MultiConfigAltResp>, or <MultiConfigResp>. On
- input, the buffer length of this string is
- MAX_STRING_LENGTH. On output, the buffer length
- might be updated.
- @param AppendString NULL-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any incoming parameter is invalid.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS AppendString is append to the end of MultiString
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AppendToMultiString (
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *MultiString,
- IN EFI_STRING AppendString
- )
-{
- UINTN AppendStringSize;
- UINTN MultiStringSize;
- UINTN MaxLen;
-
- if ((MultiString == NULL) || (*MultiString == NULL) || (AppendString == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- AppendStringSize = StrSize (AppendString);
- MultiStringSize = StrSize (*MultiString);
- MaxLen = MAX_STRING_LENGTH / sizeof (CHAR16);
-
- //
- // Enlarge the buffer each time when length exceeds MAX_STRING_LENGTH.
- //
- if ((MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize > MAX_STRING_LENGTH) ||
- (MultiStringSize > MAX_STRING_LENGTH))
- {
- *MultiString = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool (
- MultiStringSize,
- MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize,
- (VOID *)(*MultiString)
- );
- MaxLen = (MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize) / sizeof (CHAR16);
- ASSERT (*MultiString != NULL);
- }
-
- //
- // Append the incoming string
- //
- StrCatS (*MultiString, MaxLen, AppendString);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the value of <Number> in <BlockConfig> format, i.e. the value of OFFSET
- or WIDTH or VALUE.
- <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE'=<Number>
-
- This is a internal function.
-
- @param StringPtr String in <BlockConfig> format and points to the
- first character of <Number>.
- @param Number The output value. Caller takes the responsibility
- to free memory.
- @param Len Length of the <Number>, in characters.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary
- structures.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Value of <Number> is outputted in Number
- successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetValueOfNumber (
- IN EFI_STRING StringPtr,
- OUT UINT8 **Number,
- OUT UINTN *Len
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_STRING Str;
- UINT8 *Buf;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 DigitUint8;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR16 TemStr[2];
-
- if ((StringPtr == NULL) || (*StringPtr == L'\0') || (Number == NULL) || (Len == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Buf = NULL;
-
- TmpPtr = StringPtr;
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- *Len = StringPtr - TmpPtr;
- Length = *Len + 1;
-
- Str = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (Str == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- CopyMem (Str, TmpPtr, *Len * sizeof (CHAR16));
- *(Str + *Len) = L'\0';
-
- Length = (Length + 1) / 2;
- Buf = (UINT8 *)AllocateZeroPool (Length);
- if (Buf == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Length = *Len;
- ZeroMem (TemStr, sizeof (TemStr));
- for (Index = 0; Index < Length; Index++) {
- TemStr[0] = Str[Length - Index - 1];
- DigitUint8 = (UINT8)StrHexToUint64 (TemStr);
- if ((Index & 1) == 0) {
- Buf[Index/2] = DigitUint8;
- } else {
- Buf[Index/2] = (UINT8)((DigitUint8 << 4) + Buf[Index/2]);
- }
- }
-
- *Number = Buf;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Exit:
- if (Str != NULL) {
- FreePool (Str);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- To find the BlockName in the string with same value.
-
- @param String Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param BlockName Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string to search for.
- @param Buffer Pointer to the value correspond to the BlockName.
- @param Found The Block whether has been found.
- @param BufferLen The length of the buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindSameBlockElement (
- IN EFI_STRING String,
- IN EFI_STRING BlockName,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- OUT BOOLEAN *Found,
- IN UINTN BufferLen
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING BlockPtr;
- UINTN Length;
- UINT8 *TempBuffer;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- TempBuffer = NULL;
- *Found = FALSE;
- BlockPtr = StrStr (String, BlockName);
-
- while (BlockPtr != NULL) {
- BlockPtr += StrLen (BlockName);
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (BlockPtr, &TempBuffer, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- ASSERT (TempBuffer != NULL);
- if ((BufferLen == Length) && (0 == CompareMem (Buffer, TempBuffer, Length))) {
- *Found = TRUE;
- FreePool (TempBuffer);
- TempBuffer = NULL;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- FreePool (TempBuffer);
- TempBuffer = NULL;
- BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, BlockName);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Compare the <AltResp> in ConfigAltResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp>
- in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in ConfigAltResp,add it to the ConfigAltResp.
-
- @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value
- string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp
- string for the different varstore buffer.
- @param ConfigAltResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigAltResp> format.
- @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format.
- @param ConfigAltRespChanged Whether the ConfigAltResp has been changed.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CompareBlockElementDefault (
- IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp,
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigAltResp,
- IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr,
- IN OUT BOOLEAN *ConfigAltRespChanged
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING BlockPtr;
- EFI_STRING BlockPtrStart;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING AppendString;
- EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtr;
- UINT8 *TempBuffer;
- UINTN OffsetLength;
- UINTN AppendSize;
- UINTN TotalSize;
- BOOLEAN FoundOffset;
-
- AppendString = NULL;
- TempBuffer = NULL;
- //
- // Make BlockPtr point to the first <BlockConfig> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- AltConfigHdrPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
- ASSERT (AltConfigHdrPtr != NULL);
- BlockPtr = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr, L"&OFFSET=");
- //
- // Make StringPtr point to the AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp.
- //
- StringPtr = StrStr (*ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr);
- ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
-
- while (BlockPtr != NULL) {
- //
- // Find the "&OFFSET=<Number>" block and get the value of the Number with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- BlockPtrStart = BlockPtr;
- BlockPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET=");
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (BlockPtr, &TempBuffer, &OffsetLength);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- //
- // To find the same "&OFFSET=<Number>" block in ConfigAltResp.
- //
- Status = FindSameBlockElement (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", TempBuffer, &FoundOffset, OffsetLength);
- if (TempBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (TempBuffer);
- TempBuffer = NULL;
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- if (!FoundOffset) {
- //
- // Don't find the same "&OFFSET=<Number>" block in ConfigAltResp.
- // Calculate the size of <BlockConfig>.
- // <BlockConfig>::='OFFSET='<Number>'&WIDTH='<Number>'&VALUE='<Number>.
- //
- BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, L"&OFFSET=");
- if (BlockPtr != NULL) {
- AppendSize = (BlockPtr - BlockPtrStart) * sizeof (CHAR16);
- } else {
- AppendSize = StrSize (BlockPtrStart);
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the <BlockConfig> to AppendString.
- //
- if (AppendString == NULL) {
- AppendString = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16));
- StrnCatS (AppendString, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16) + 1, BlockPtrStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16));
- } else {
- TotalSize = StrSize (AppendString) + AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16);
- AppendString = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool (
- StrSize (AppendString),
- TotalSize,
- AppendString
- );
- if (AppendString == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StrnCatS (AppendString, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), BlockPtrStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16));
- }
- } else {
- //
- // To find next "&OFFSET=<Number>" block with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, L"&OFFSET=");
- }
- }
-
- if (AppendString != NULL) {
- //
- // Reallocate ConfigAltResp to copy the AppendString.
- //
- TotalSize = StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16);
- *ConfigAltResp = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool (
- StrSize (*ConfigAltResp),
- TotalSize,
- *ConfigAltResp
- );
- if (*ConfigAltResp == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StrCatS (*ConfigAltResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), AppendString);
- *ConfigAltRespChanged = TRUE;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Exit:
- if (AppendString != NULL) {
- FreePool (AppendString);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Compare the <AltResp> in ConfigAltResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp>
- in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in ConfigAltResp,add it to the ConfigAltResp.
-
- @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value
- string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp
- string for the different varstore buffer.
- @param ConfigAltResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigAltResp> format.
- @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format.
- @param ConfigAltRespChanged Whether the ConfigAltResp has been changed.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CompareNameElementDefault (
- IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp,
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigAltResp,
- IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr,
- IN OUT BOOLEAN *ConfigAltRespChanged
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING NvConfigPtr;
- EFI_STRING NvConfigStart;
- EFI_STRING NvConfigValuePtr;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING NvConfigExist;
- EFI_STRING AppendString;
- CHAR16 TempChar;
- UINTN AppendSize;
- UINTN TotalSize;
-
- AppendString = NULL;
- NvConfigExist = NULL;
- //
- // Make NvConfigPtr point to the first <NvConfig> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- NvConfigPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
- ASSERT (NvConfigPtr != NULL);
- NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + StrLen (AltConfigHdr), L"&");
- //
- // Make StringPtr point to the first <NvConfig> with AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp.
- //
- StringPtr = StrStr (*ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr);
- ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
- StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr + StrLen (AltConfigHdr), L"&");
- ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
-
- while (NvConfigPtr != NULL) {
- //
- // <NvConfig> ::= <Label>'='<String> | <Label>'='<Number>.
- // Get the <Label> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- NvConfigStart = NvConfigPtr;
- NvConfigValuePtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"=");
- ASSERT (NvConfigValuePtr != NULL);
- TempChar = *NvConfigValuePtr;
- *NvConfigValuePtr = L'\0';
- //
- // Get the <Label> with AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp.
- //
- NvConfigExist = StrStr (StringPtr, NvConfigPtr);
- if (NvConfigExist == NULL) {
- //
- // Don't find same <Label> in ConfigAltResp.
- // Calculate the size of <NvConfig>.
- //
- *NvConfigValuePtr = TempChar;
- NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"&");
- if (NvConfigPtr != NULL) {
- AppendSize = (NvConfigPtr - NvConfigStart) * sizeof (CHAR16);
- } else {
- AppendSize = StrSize (NvConfigStart);
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the <NvConfig> to AppendString.
- //
- if (AppendString == NULL) {
- AppendString = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16));
- StrnCatS (AppendString, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16) + 1, NvConfigStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16));
- } else {
- TotalSize = StrSize (AppendString) + AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16);
- AppendString = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool (
- StrSize (AppendString),
- TotalSize,
- AppendString
- );
- if (AppendString == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StrnCatS (AppendString, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), NvConfigStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16));
- }
- } else {
- //
- // To find next <Label> in DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- *NvConfigValuePtr = TempChar;
- NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"&");
- }
- }
-
- if (AppendString != NULL) {
- //
- // Reallocate ConfigAltResp to copy the AppendString.
- //
- TotalSize = StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16);
- *ConfigAltResp = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool (
- StrSize (*ConfigAltResp),
- StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16),
- *ConfigAltResp
- );
- if (*ConfigAltResp == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StrCatS (*ConfigAltResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), AppendString);
- *ConfigAltRespChanged = TRUE;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Exit:
- if (AppendString != NULL) {
- FreePool (AppendString);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Compare the <AltResp> in AltCfgResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp>
- in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in AltCfgResp,add it to the AltCfgResp.
-
- @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigAltResp> format.
- @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value
- string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp
- string for the different varstore buffer.
- @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format.
-
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary
- structures.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CompareAndMergeDefaultString (
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp,
- IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp,
- IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING AltCfgRespBackup;
- EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtr;
- EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtrNext;
- EFI_STRING ConfigAltResp;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING StringPtrNext;
- EFI_STRING BlockPtr;
- UINTN ReallocateSize;
- CHAR16 TempChar;
- CHAR16 TempCharA;
- BOOLEAN ConfigAltRespChanged;
-
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- BlockPtr = NULL;
- AltConfigHdrPtrNext = NULL;
- StringPtrNext = NULL;
- ConfigAltResp = NULL;
- AltCfgRespBackup = NULL;
- TempChar = L'\0';
- TempCharA = L'\0';
- ConfigAltRespChanged = FALSE;
-
- //
- // To find the <AltResp> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp, ignore other <AltResp> which follow it.
- //
- AltConfigHdrPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
- ASSERT (AltConfigHdrPtr != NULL);
- AltConfigHdrPtrNext = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr + 1, L"&GUID");
- if (AltConfigHdrPtrNext != NULL) {
- TempChar = *AltConfigHdrPtrNext;
- *AltConfigHdrPtrNext = L'\0';
- }
-
- //
- // To find the <AltResp> with AltConfigHdr in AltCfgResp, ignore other <AltResp> which follow it.
- //
- StringPtr = StrStr (*AltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
- ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
- StringPtrNext = StrStr (StringPtr + 1, L"&GUID");
- if (StringPtrNext != NULL) {
- TempCharA = *StringPtrNext;
- *StringPtrNext = L'\0';
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the content of <ConfigAltResp> which contain current AltConfigHdr in AltCfgResp.
- //
- ConfigAltResp = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (*AltCfgResp), *AltCfgResp);
- if (ConfigAltResp == NULL) {
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- //
- // To find the <ConfigBody> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- BlockPtr = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr, L"&OFFSET=");
- if (BlockPtr != NULL) {
- //
- // <BlockConfig>::='OFFSET='<Number>'&WIDTH='<Number>'&VALUE='<Number> style.
- // Call function CompareBlockElementDefault to compare the <BlockConfig> in DefaultAltCfgResp and ConfigAltResp.
- // The ConfigAltResp which may contain the new <BlockConfig> get from DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- Status = CompareBlockElementDefault (DefaultAltCfgResp, &ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr, &ConfigAltRespChanged);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Exit;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // <NvConfig> ::= <Label>'='<String> | <Label>'='<Number> style.
- // Call function CompareNameElementDefault to compare the <NvConfig> in DefaultAltCfgResp and ConfigAltResp.
- // The ConfigAltResp which may contain the new <NvConfig> get from DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- Status = CompareNameElementDefault (DefaultAltCfgResp, &ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr, &ConfigAltRespChanged);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Exit;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Restore the AltCfgResp.
- //
- if (StringPtrNext != NULL) {
- *StringPtrNext = TempCharA;
- }
-
- //
- // If the ConfigAltResp has no change,no need to update the content in AltCfgResp.
- //
- if (!ConfigAltRespChanged) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- //
- // ConfigAltResp has been changed, need to update the content in AltCfgResp.
- //
- if (StringPtrNext != NULL) {
- ReallocateSize = StrSize (ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (StringPtrNext) + sizeof (CHAR16);
- } else {
- ReallocateSize = StrSize (ConfigAltResp) + sizeof (CHAR16);
- }
-
- AltCfgRespBackup = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (ReallocateSize);
- if (AltCfgRespBackup == NULL) {
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StrCatS (AltCfgRespBackup, ReallocateSize / sizeof (CHAR16), ConfigAltResp);
- if (StringPtrNext != NULL) {
- StrCatS (AltCfgRespBackup, ReallocateSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrNext);
- }
-
- FreePool (*AltCfgResp);
- *AltCfgResp = AltCfgRespBackup;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Exit:
- if (ConfigAltResp != NULL) {
- FreePool (ConfigAltResp);
- }
-
- //
- // Restore the DefaultAltCfgResp.
- //
- if ( AltConfigHdrPtrNext != NULL) {
- *AltConfigHdrPtrNext = TempChar;
- AltConfigHdrPtrNext = NULL;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function merges DefaultAltCfgResp string into AltCfgResp string for
- the missing AltCfgId in AltCfgResq.
-
- @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigAltResp> format. The default value string
- will be merged into it.
- @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value
- string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp
- string for the different varstore buffer.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The merged string returns.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER *AltCfgResp is to NULL.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-MergeDefaultString (
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp,
- IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING StringPtrDefault;
- EFI_STRING StringPtrEnd;
- CHAR16 TempChar;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr;
- UINTN HeaderLength;
- UINTN SizeAltCfgResp;
- UINTN MaxLen;
- UINTN TotalSize;
-
- if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the request ConfigHdr
- //
- SizeAltCfgResp = 0;
- StringPtr = *AltCfgResp;
-
- //
- // Find <ConfigHdr> GUID=...&NAME=...&PATH=...
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH=");
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- HeaderLength = StringPtr - *AltCfgResp;
-
- //
- // Construct AltConfigHdr string "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX\0"
- // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 | 1 |
- //
- MaxLen = 1 + HeaderLength + 8 + 4 + 1;
- AltConfigHdr = AllocateZeroPool (MaxLen * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (AltConfigHdr == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- StrCpyS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, L"&");
- StrnCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, *AltCfgResp, HeaderLength);
- StrCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, L"&ALTCFG=");
- HeaderLength = StrLen (AltConfigHdr);
-
- StringPtrDefault = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
- while (StringPtrDefault != NULL) {
- //
- // Get AltCfg Name
- //
- StrnCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, StringPtrDefault + HeaderLength, 4);
- StringPtr = StrStr (*AltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
-
- //
- // Append the found default value string to the input AltCfgResp
- //
- if (StringPtr == NULL) {
- StringPtrEnd = StrStr (StringPtrDefault + 1, L"&GUID");
- SizeAltCfgResp = StrSize (*AltCfgResp);
- if (StringPtrEnd == NULL) {
- //
- // No more default string is found.
- //
- TotalSize = SizeAltCfgResp + StrSize (StringPtrDefault);
- *AltCfgResp = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool (
- SizeAltCfgResp,
- TotalSize,
- (VOID *)(*AltCfgResp)
- );
- if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
- FreePool (AltConfigHdr);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrDefault);
- break;
- } else {
- TempChar = *StringPtrEnd;
- *StringPtrEnd = L'\0';
- TotalSize = SizeAltCfgResp + StrSize (StringPtrDefault);
- *AltCfgResp = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool (
- SizeAltCfgResp,
- TotalSize,
- (VOID *)(*AltCfgResp)
- );
- if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
- FreePool (AltConfigHdr);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrDefault);
- *StringPtrEnd = TempChar;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // The AltCfgResp contains <AltCfgResp>.
- // If the <ConfigElement> in <AltCfgResp> in the DefaultAltCfgResp but not in the
- // related <AltCfgResp> in AltCfgResp, merge it to AltCfgResp. else no need to merge.
- //
- CompareAndMergeDefaultString (AltCfgResp, DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr);
- }
-
- //
- // Find next AltCfg String
- //
- *(AltConfigHdr + HeaderLength) = L'\0';
- StringPtrDefault = StrStr (StringPtrDefault + 1, AltConfigHdr);
- }
-
- FreePool (AltConfigHdr);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function inserts new DefaultValueData into the BlockData DefaultValue array.
-
- @param BlockData The BlockData is updated to add new default value.
- @param DefaultValueData The DefaultValue is added.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InsertDefaultValue (
- IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData,
- IN IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueArray;
- LIST_ENTRY *DefaultLink;
-
- DefaultLink = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry;
-
- for (Link = DefaultLink->ForwardLink; Link != DefaultLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultValueArray = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- if (DefaultValueArray->DefaultId == DefaultValueData->DefaultId) {
- //
- // DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_OPCODE has high priority, DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_DEFAULT has low priority.
- // When default types are DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_OTHER_DEFAULT, the default value can be overrode.
- //
- if ((DefaultValueData->Type > DefaultValueArray->Type) || ((DefaultValueData->Type == DefaultValueArray->Type) && (DefaultValueData->Type == DefaultValueFromOtherDefault))) {
- //
- // Update the default value array in BlockData.
- //
- CopyMem (&DefaultValueArray->Value, &DefaultValueData->Value, sizeof (EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE));
- DefaultValueArray->Type = DefaultValueData->Type;
- DefaultValueArray->Cleaned = DefaultValueData->Cleaned;
- }
-
- return;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Insert new default value data in tail.
- //
- DefaultValueArray = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
- ASSERT (DefaultValueArray != NULL);
- CopyMem (DefaultValueArray, DefaultValueData, sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
- InsertTailList (Link, &DefaultValueArray->Entry);
-}
-
-/**
- This function inserts new BlockData into the block link
-
- @param BlockLink The list entry points to block array.
- @param BlockData The point to BlockData is added.
-
-**/
-VOID
-InsertBlockData (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink,
- IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA **BlockData
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockArray;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockSingleData;
-
- BlockSingleData = *BlockData;
-
- if (BlockSingleData->Name != NULL) {
- InsertTailList (BlockLink, &BlockSingleData->Entry);
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Insert block data in its Offset and Width order.
- //
- for (Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- BlockArray = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- if (BlockArray->Offset == BlockSingleData->Offset) {
- if ((BlockArray->Width > BlockSingleData->Width) || (BlockSingleData->IsBitVar && (BlockArray->Width == BlockSingleData->Width))) {
- //
- // Insert this block data in the front of block array
- //
- InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry);
- return;
- }
-
- if ((!BlockSingleData->IsBitVar) && (BlockArray->Width == BlockSingleData->Width)) {
- //
- // The same block array has been added.
- //
- if (BlockSingleData != BlockArray) {
- FreePool (BlockSingleData);
- *BlockData = BlockArray;
- }
-
- return;
- }
- } else if (BlockArray->Offset > BlockSingleData->Offset) {
- //
- // Insert new block data in the front of block array
- //
- InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry);
- return;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Add new block data into the tail.
- //
- InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry);
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves a pointer to the a Null-terminated ASCII string containing the list
- of languages that an HII handle in the HII Database supports. The returned
- string is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible for freeing
- the returned string using FreePool(). The format of the returned string follows
- the language format assumed the HII Database.
-
- If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the HII Database.
-
- @retval NULL HiiHandle is not registered in the HII database
- @retval NULL There are not enough resources available to retrieve the supported
- languages.
- @retval NULL The list of supported languages could not be retrieved.
- @retval Other A pointer to the Null-terminated ASCII string of supported languages.
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-GetSupportedLanguages (
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN LanguageSize;
- CHAR8 TempSupportedLanguages;
- CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages;
-
- ASSERT (HiiHandle != NULL);
-
- //
- // Retrieve the size required for the supported languages buffer.
- //
- LanguageSize = 0;
- Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetLanguages (&mPrivate.HiiString, HiiHandle, &TempSupportedLanguages, &LanguageSize);
-
- //
- // If GetLanguages() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
- // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetLanguages()
- // returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then HiiHandle is not present
- // in the HII Database
- //
- if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- //
- // Return NULL if the size can not be retrieved, or if HiiHandle is not in the HII Database
- //
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate the supported languages buffer.
- //
- SupportedLanguages = AllocateZeroPool (LanguageSize);
- if (SupportedLanguages == NULL) {
- //
- // Return NULL if allocation fails.
- //
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the supported languages string
- //
- Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetLanguages (&mPrivate.HiiString, HiiHandle, SupportedLanguages, &LanguageSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Free the buffer and return NULL if the supported languages can not be retrieved.
- //
- FreePool (SupportedLanguages);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Return the Null-terminated ASCII string of supported languages
- //
- return SupportedLanguages;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves a string from a string package.
-
- If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If StringId is 0, then ASSET.
-
- @param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the HII Database.
- @param[in] StringId The identifier of the string to retrieved from the string
- package associated with HiiHandle.
-
- @retval NULL The string specified by StringId is not present in the string package.
- @retval Other The string was returned.
-
-**/
-EFI_STRING
-InternalGetString (
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
- IN EFI_STRING_ID StringId
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN StringSize;
- CHAR16 TempString;
- EFI_STRING String;
- CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages;
- CHAR8 *PlatformLanguage;
- CHAR8 *BestLanguage;
- CHAR8 *Language;
-
- ASSERT (HiiHandle != NULL);
- ASSERT (StringId != 0);
-
- //
- // Initialize all allocated buffers to NULL
- //
- SupportedLanguages = NULL;
- PlatformLanguage = NULL;
- BestLanguage = NULL;
- String = NULL;
- Language = "";
-
- //
- // Get the languages that the package specified by HiiHandle supports
- //
- SupportedLanguages = GetSupportedLanguages (HiiHandle);
- if (SupportedLanguages == NULL) {
- goto Error;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the current platform language setting
- //
- GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"PlatformLang", (VOID **)&PlatformLanguage, NULL);
-
- //
- // Get the best matching language from SupportedLanguages
- //
- BestLanguage = GetBestLanguage (
- SupportedLanguages,
- FALSE, // RFC 4646 mode
- Language, // Highest priority
- PlatformLanguage != NULL ? PlatformLanguage : "", // Next highest priority
- SupportedLanguages, // Lowest priority
- NULL
- );
- if (BestLanguage == NULL) {
- goto Error;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the size of the string in the string package for the BestLanguage
- //
- StringSize = 0;
- Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetString (
- &mPrivate.HiiString,
- BestLanguage,
- HiiHandle,
- StringId,
- &TempString,
- &StringSize,
- NULL
- );
- //
- // If GetString() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size,
- // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetString()
- // returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then HiiHandle is not present
- // in the HII Database
- //
- if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- goto Error;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate a buffer for the return string
- //
- String = AllocateZeroPool (StringSize);
- if (String == NULL) {
- goto Error;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the string from the string package
- //
- Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetString (
- &mPrivate.HiiString,
- BestLanguage,
- HiiHandle,
- StringId,
- String,
- &StringSize,
- NULL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Free the buffer and return NULL if the supported languages can not be retrieved.
- //
- FreePool (String);
- String = NULL;
- }
-
-Error:
- //
- // Free allocated buffers
- //
- if (SupportedLanguages != NULL) {
- FreePool (SupportedLanguages);
- }
-
- if (PlatformLanguage != NULL) {
- FreePool (PlatformLanguage);
- }
-
- if (BestLanguage != NULL) {
- FreePool (BestLanguage);
- }
-
- //
- // Return the Null-terminated Unicode string
- //
- return String;
-}
-
-/**
- This function checks VarOffset and VarWidth is in the block range.
-
- @param RequestBlockArray The block array is to be checked.
- @param VarOffset Offset of var to the structure
- @param VarWidth Width of var.
- @param IsNameValueType Whether this varstore is name/value varstore or not.
- @param HiiHandle Hii handle for this hii package.
-
- @retval TRUE This Var is in the block range.
- @retval FALSE This Var is not in the block range.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-BlockArrayCheck (
- IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray,
- IN UINT16 VarOffset,
- IN UINT16 VarWidth,
- IN BOOLEAN IsNameValueType,
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- EFI_STRING Name;
-
- //
- // No Request Block array, all vars are got.
- //
- if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Check the input var is in the request block range.
- //
- for (Link = RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &RequestBlockArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
-
- if (IsNameValueType) {
- Name = InternalGetString (HiiHandle, VarOffset);
- ASSERT (Name != NULL);
-
- if (StrnCmp (BlockData->Name, Name, StrLen (Name)) == 0) {
- FreePool (Name);
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- FreePool (Name);
- } else {
- if ((VarOffset >= BlockData->Offset) && ((VarOffset + VarWidth) <= (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width))) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Get form package data from data base.
-
- @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package.
- @param HiiFormPackage The buffer saves the package data.
- @param PackageSize The buffer size of the package data.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFormPackageData (
- IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord,
- IN OUT UINT8 **HiiFormPackage,
- OUT UINTN *PackageSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN ResultSize;
-
- if ((DataBaseRecord == NULL) || (HiiFormPackage == NULL) || (PackageSize == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Size = 0;
- ResultSize = 0;
- //
- // 0. Get Hii Form Package by HiiHandle
- //
- Status = ExportFormPackages (
- &mPrivate,
- DataBaseRecord->Handle,
- DataBaseRecord->PackageList,
- 0,
- Size,
- HiiFormPackage,
- &ResultSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- (*HiiFormPackage) = AllocatePool (ResultSize);
- if (*HiiFormPackage == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Get HiiFormPackage by HiiHandle
- //
- Size = ResultSize;
- ResultSize = 0;
- Status = ExportFormPackages (
- &mPrivate,
- DataBaseRecord->Handle,
- DataBaseRecord->PackageList,
- 0,
- Size,
- *HiiFormPackage,
- &ResultSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (*HiiFormPackage);
- }
-
- *PackageSize = Size;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function parses Form Package to get the efi varstore info according to the request ConfigHdr.
-
- @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package.
- @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL,
- the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr.
- @param IsEfiVarstore Whether the request storage type is efi varstore type.
- @param EfiVarStore The efi varstore info which will return.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetVarStoreType (
- IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord,
- IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr,
- OUT BOOLEAN *IsEfiVarstore,
- OUT EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI **EfiVarStore
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN IfrOffset;
- UINTN PackageOffset;
- EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr;
- CHAR16 *VarStoreName;
- UINTN NameSize;
- EFI_STRING GuidStr;
- EFI_STRING NameStr;
- EFI_STRING TempStr;
- UINTN LengthString;
- UINT8 *HiiFormPackage;
- UINTN PackageSize;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore;
- EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader;
-
- HiiFormPackage = NULL;
- LengthString = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- GuidStr = NULL;
- NameStr = NULL;
- TempStr = NULL;
- *IsEfiVarstore = FALSE;
-
- Status = GetFormPackageData (DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- IfrOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- PackageOffset = IfrOffset;
- PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)HiiFormPackage;
-
- while (IfrOffset < PackageSize) {
- //
- // More than one form packages exist.
- //
- if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) {
- //
- // Process the new form package.
- //
- PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- IfrOffset += PackageOffset;
- PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)(HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset);
- }
-
- IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)(HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset);
- IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
- PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
-
- if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP ) {
- IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *)IfrOpHdr;
- //
- // If the length is small than the structure, this is from old efi
- // varstore definition. Old efi varstore get config directly from
- // GetVariable function.
- //
- if (IfrOpHdr->Length < sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name);
- VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
-
- GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, 1, &GuidStr);
- GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (VarStoreName) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *)VarStoreName, 2, &NameStr);
- LengthString = StrLen (GuidStr);
- LengthString = LengthString + StrLen (NameStr) + 1;
- TempStr = AllocateZeroPool (LengthString * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (TempStr == NULL) {
- FreePool (GuidStr);
- FreePool (NameStr);
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StrCpyS (TempStr, LengthString, GuidStr);
- StrCatS (TempStr, LengthString, NameStr);
- if ((ConfigHdr == NULL) || (StrnCmp (ConfigHdr, TempStr, StrLen (TempStr)) == 0)) {
- *EfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *)AllocateZeroPool (IfrOpHdr->Length);
- if (*EfiVarStore == NULL) {
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- FreePool (GuidStr);
- FreePool (NameStr);
- FreePool (TempStr);
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- *IsEfiVarstore = TRUE;
- CopyMem (*EfiVarStore, IfrEfiVarStore, IfrOpHdr->Length);
- }
-
- //
- // Free allocated temp string.
- //
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- FreePool (GuidStr);
- FreePool (NameStr);
- FreePool (TempStr);
-
- //
- // Already found the varstore, break;
- //
- if (*IsEfiVarstore) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
-Done:
- if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) {
- FreePool (HiiFormPackage);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether the ConfigRequest string has the request elements.
- For EFI_HII_VARSTORE_BUFFER type, the request has "&OFFSET=****&WIDTH=****..." format.
- For EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE type, the request has "&NAME1**&NAME2..." format.
-
- @param ConfigRequest The input config request string.
-
- @retval TRUE The input include config request elements.
- @retval FALSE The input string not includes.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-GetElementsFromRequest (
- IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING TmpRequest;
-
- TmpRequest = StrStr (ConfigRequest, L"PATH=");
- ASSERT (TmpRequest != NULL);
-
- if ((StrStr (TmpRequest, L"&OFFSET=") != NULL) || (StrStr (TmpRequest, L"&") != NULL)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether the this varstore is the request varstore.
-
- @param VarstoreGuid Varstore guid.
- @param Name Varstore name.
- @param ConfigHdr Current configRequest info.
-
- @retval TRUE This varstore is the request one.
- @retval FALSE This varstore is not the request one.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsThisVarstore (
- IN EFI_GUID *VarstoreGuid,
- IN CHAR16 *Name,
- IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING GuidStr;
- EFI_STRING NameStr;
- EFI_STRING TempStr;
- UINTN LengthString;
- BOOLEAN RetVal;
-
- RetVal = FALSE;
- GuidStr = NULL;
- TempStr = NULL;
-
- //
- // If ConfigHdr has name field and varstore not has name, return FALSE.
- //
- if ((Name == NULL) && (ConfigHdr != NULL) && (StrStr (ConfigHdr, L"NAME=&") == NULL)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)VarstoreGuid, 1, &GuidStr);
- if (Name != NULL) {
- GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *)Name, 2, &NameStr);
- } else {
- GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr);
- }
-
- LengthString = StrLen (GuidStr);
- LengthString = LengthString + StrLen (NameStr) + 1;
- TempStr = AllocateZeroPool (LengthString * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (TempStr == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StrCpyS (TempStr, LengthString, GuidStr);
- StrCatS (TempStr, LengthString, NameStr);
-
- if ((ConfigHdr == NULL) || (StrnCmp (ConfigHdr, TempStr, StrLen (TempStr)) == 0)) {
- RetVal = TRUE;
- }
-
-Done:
- if (GuidStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (GuidStr);
- }
-
- if (NameStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (NameStr);
- }
-
- if (TempStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (TempStr);
- }
-
- return RetVal;
-}
-
-/**
- This function parses Form Package to get the efi varstore info according to the request ConfigHdr.
-
- @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package.
- @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL,
- the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr.
- @retval TRUE This hii package is the request one.
- @retval FALSE This hii package is not the request one.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsThisPackageList (
- IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord,
- IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN IfrOffset;
- UINTN PackageOffset;
- EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr;
- CHAR16 *VarStoreName;
- UINTN NameSize;
- UINT8 *HiiFormPackage;
- UINTN PackageSize;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore;
- EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *IfrVarStore;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *IfrNameValueVarStore;
- BOOLEAN FindVarstore;
-
- HiiFormPackage = NULL;
- VarStoreName = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- FindVarstore = FALSE;
-
- Status = GetFormPackageData (DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- IfrOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- PackageOffset = IfrOffset;
- PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)HiiFormPackage;
-
- while (IfrOffset < PackageSize) {
- //
- // More than one form packages exist.
- //
- if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) {
- //
- // Process the new form package.
- //
- PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- IfrOffset += PackageOffset;
- PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)(HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset);
- }
-
- IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)(HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset);
- IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
- PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
-
- switch (IfrOpHdr->OpCode) {
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:
- IfrVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *)IfrOpHdr;
-
- NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name);
- VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
-
- if (IsThisVarstore ((VOID *)&IfrVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) {
- FindVarstore = TRUE;
- goto Done;
- } else {
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- VarStoreName = NULL;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:
- IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *)IfrOpHdr;
- NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name);
- VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
-
- if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) {
- FindVarstore = TRUE;
- goto Done;
- } else {
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- VarStoreName = NULL;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE_OP:
- IfrNameValueVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *)IfrOpHdr;
-
- if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid, NULL, ConfigHdr)) {
- FindVarstore = TRUE;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:
- //
- // No matched varstore is found and directly return.
- //
- goto Done;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
-Done:
- if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) {
- FreePool (HiiFormPackage);
- }
-
- if (VarStoreName != NULL) {
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- }
-
- return FindVarstore;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether the this op code is required.
-
- @param RequestBlockArray The array includes all the request info or NULL.
- @param HiiHandle The hii handle for this form package.
- @param VarStorageData The varstore data structure.
- @param IfrOpHdr Ifr opcode header for this opcode.
- @param VarWidth The buffer width for this opcode.
- @param ReturnData The data block added for this opcode.
- @param IsBitVar Whether the the opcode refers to bit storage.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS This opcode is required.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND This opcode is not required.
- @retval Others Contain some error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IsThisOpcodeRequired (
- IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray,
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
- IN OUT IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
- IN EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr,
- IN UINT16 VarWidth,
- OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA **ReturnData,
- IN BOOLEAN IsBitVar
- )
-{
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- UINT16 VarOffset;
- EFI_STRING_ID NameId;
- EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *IfrQuestionHdr;
- UINT16 BitOffset;
- UINT16 BitWidth;
- UINT16 TotalBits;
-
- NameId = 0;
- VarOffset = 0;
- BitOffset = 0;
- BitWidth = 0;
- IfrQuestionHdr = (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)IfrOpHdr + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER));
-
- if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
- NameId = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarName;
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is in requested block array.
- //
- if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, NameId, 0, TRUE, HiiHandle)) {
- //
- // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Get the byte offset/with and bit offset/width
- //
- if (IsBitVar) {
- BitOffset = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset;
- BitWidth = VarWidth;
- VarOffset = BitOffset / 8;
- //
- // Use current bit width and the bit width before current bit (with same byte offset) to calculate the byte width.
- //
- TotalBits = BitOffset % 8 + BitWidth;
- VarWidth = (TotalBits % 8 == 0 ? TotalBits / 8 : TotalBits / 8 + 1);
- } else {
- VarOffset = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset;
- BitWidth = VarWidth;
- BitOffset = VarOffset * 8;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is in requested block array.
- //
- if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, VarOffset, VarWidth, FALSE, HiiHandle)) {
- //
- // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it.
- //
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- //
- // Check this var question is in the var storage
- //
- if (((VarOffset + VarWidth) > VarStorageData->Size)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
-
- BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
- if (BlockData == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
- BlockData->Name = InternalGetString (HiiHandle, NameId);
- } else {
- BlockData->Offset = VarOffset;
- }
-
- BlockData->Width = VarWidth;
- BlockData->QuestionId = IfrQuestionHdr->QuestionId;
- BlockData->OpCode = IfrOpHdr->OpCode;
- BlockData->Scope = IfrOpHdr->Scope;
- BlockData->IsBitVar = IsBitVar;
- BlockData->BitOffset = BitOffset;
- BlockData->BitWidth = BitWidth;
- InitializeListHead (&BlockData->DefaultValueEntry);
- //
- // Add Block Data into VarStorageData BlockEntry
- //
- InsertBlockData (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry, &BlockData);
- *ReturnData = BlockData;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function parses Form Package to get the block array and the default
- value array according to the request ConfigHdr.
-
- @param HiiHandle Hii Handle for this hii package.
- @param Package Pointer to the form package data.
- @param PackageLength Length of the package.
- @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL,
- the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr.
- @param RequestBlockArray The block array is retrieved from the request string.
- @param VarStorageData VarStorage structure contains the got block and default value.
- @param DefaultIdArray Point to the got default id and default name array.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The block array and the default value array are got.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The varstore definition in the different form packages
- are conflicted.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ParseIfrData (
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
- IN UINT8 *Package,
- IN UINT32 PackageLength,
- IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr,
- IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray,
- IN OUT IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
- OUT IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN IfrOffset;
- UINTN PackageOffset;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *IfrVarStore;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStoreTmp;
- EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr;
- EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *IfrOneOf;
- EFI_IFR_REF4 *IfrRef;
- EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *IfrOneOfOption;
- EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *IfrDefault;
- EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *IfrOrderedList;
- EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX *IfrCheckBox;
- EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *IfrPassword;
- EFI_IFR_STRING *IfrString;
- EFI_IFR_DATE *IfrDate;
- EFI_IFR_TIME *IfrTime;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA DefaultData;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultDataPtr;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- CHAR16 *VarStoreName;
- UINTN NameSize;
- UINTN NvDefaultStoreSize;
- UINT16 VarWidth;
- UINT16 VarDefaultId;
- BOOLEAN FirstOneOfOption;
- BOOLEAN FirstOrderedList;
- LIST_ENTRY *LinkData;
- LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *IfrNameValueVarStore;
- EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader;
- EFI_VARSTORE_ID VarStoreId;
- UINT16 SmallestDefaultId;
- BOOLEAN SmallestIdFromFlag;
- BOOLEAN FromOtherDefaultOpcode;
- BOOLEAN QuestionReferBitField;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- BlockData = NULL;
- DefaultDataPtr = NULL;
- FirstOneOfOption = FALSE;
- VarStoreId = 0;
- FirstOrderedList = FALSE;
- VarStoreName = NULL;
- ZeroMem (&DefaultData, sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
- SmallestDefaultId = 0xFFFF;
- FromOtherDefaultOpcode = FALSE;
- QuestionReferBitField = FALSE;
- IfrEfiVarStoreTmp = NULL;
-
- //
- // Go through the form package to parse OpCode one by one.
- //
- PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)Package;
- IfrOffset = PackageOffset;
- while (IfrOffset < PackageLength) {
- //
- // More than one form package found.
- //
- if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) {
- //
- // Already found varstore for this request, break;
- //
- if (VarStoreId != 0) {
- VarStoreId = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Get next package header info.
- //
- IfrOffset += sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)(Package + IfrOffset);
- }
-
- IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)(Package + IfrOffset);
- switch (IfrOpHdr->OpCode) {
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:
- //
- // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more.
- //
- if (VarStoreId != 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- IfrVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *)IfrOpHdr;
-
- NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name);
- VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
-
- if (IsThisVarstore ((VOID *)&IfrVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) {
- //
- // Find the matched VarStore
- //
- CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *)(VOID *)&IfrVarStore->Guid);
- VarStorageData->Size = IfrVarStore->Size;
- VarStorageData->Name = VarStoreName;
- VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_BUFFER;
- VarStoreId = IfrVarStore->VarStoreId;
- } else {
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- VarStoreName = NULL;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:
- //
- // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more.
- //
- if (VarStoreId != 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *)IfrOpHdr;
-
- //
- // If the length is small than the structure, this is from old efi
- // varstore definition. Old efi varstore get config directly from
- // GetVariable function.
- //
- if (IfrOpHdr->Length < sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI)) {
- break;
- }
-
- NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name);
- VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
- if (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp != NULL) {
- FreePool (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp);
- }
-
- IfrEfiVarStoreTmp = AllocatePool (IfrEfiVarStore->Header.Length + AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name));
- if (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- CopyMem (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp, IfrEfiVarStore, IfrEfiVarStore->Header.Length);
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, (CHAR16 *)&(IfrEfiVarStoreTmp->Name[0]), AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name) * sizeof (CHAR16));
-
- if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) {
- //
- // Find the matched VarStore
- //
- CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *)(VOID *)&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid);
- VarStorageData->Size = IfrEfiVarStore->Size;
- VarStorageData->Name = VarStoreName;
- VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_EFI_VARIABLE_BUFFER;
- VarStoreId = IfrEfiVarStore->VarStoreId;
- } else {
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- VarStoreName = NULL;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE_OP:
- //
- // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more.
- //
- if (VarStoreId != 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- IfrNameValueVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *)IfrOpHdr;
-
- if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid, NULL, ConfigHdr)) {
- //
- // Find the matched VarStore
- //
- CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *)(VOID *)&IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid);
- VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE;
- VarStoreId = IfrNameValueVarStore->VarStoreId;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE_OP:
- //
- // Add new the map between default id and default name.
- //
- DefaultDataPtr = (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
- if (DefaultDataPtr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId = ((EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE *)IfrOpHdr)->DefaultId;
- InsertTailList (&DefaultIdArray->Entry, &DefaultDataPtr->Entry);
- DefaultDataPtr = NULL;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:
- //
- // No matched varstore is found and directly return.
- //
- if ( VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_REF_OP:
- //
- // Ref question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
- //
- if ( VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
- //
- IfrRef = (EFI_IFR_REF4 *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (IfrRef->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
- break;
- }
-
- VarWidth = (UINT16)(sizeof (EFI_HII_REF));
-
- //
- // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
- //
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
-
- Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- goto Done;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP:
- //
- // Numeric and OneOf has the same opcode structure.
- //
-
- //
- // Numeric and OneOf question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
- //
- if (VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
- //
- IfrOneOf = (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (IfrOneOf->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (QuestionReferBitField) {
- VarWidth = IfrOneOf->Flags & EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT;
- } else {
- VarWidth = (UINT16)(1 << (IfrOneOf->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE));
- }
-
- //
- // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
- //
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
-
- Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, QuestionReferBitField);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // when go to there,BlockData can't be NULLL.
- //
- ASSERT (BlockData != NULL);
-
- if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) {
- //
- // Set this flag to TRUE for the first oneof option.
- //
- FirstOneOfOption = TRUE;
- } else if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) {
- //
- // Numeric minimum value will be used as default value when no default is specified.
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault;
- if (QuestionReferBitField) {
- //
- // Since default value in bit field was stored as UINT32 type.
- //
- CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrOneOf->data.u32.MinValue, sizeof (UINT32));
- } else {
- switch (IfrOneOf->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE) {
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1:
- DefaultData.Value.u8 = IfrOneOf->data.u8.MinValue;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2:
- CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u16, &IfrOneOf->data.u16.MinValue, sizeof (UINT16));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_4:
- CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrOneOf->data.u32.MinValue, sizeof (UINT32));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_8:
- CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u64, &IfrOneOf->data.u64.MinValue, sizeof (UINT64));
- break;
-
- default:
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Set default value base on the DefaultId list get from IFR data.
- //
- NvDefaultStoreSize = PcdGetSize (PcdNvStoreDefaultValueBuffer);
- for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
- if (NvDefaultStoreSize > sizeof (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER)) {
- FindQuestionDefaultSetting (DefaultData.DefaultId, IfrEfiVarStoreTmp, &(IfrOneOf->Question), &DefaultData.Value, VarWidth, QuestionReferBitField);
- }
-
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
- }
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:
- //
- // offset by question header
- // width by EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST MaxContainers * OneofOption Type
- //
-
- FirstOrderedList = TRUE;
- //
- // OrderedList question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
- //
- if (VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
- //
- IfrOrderedList = (EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (IfrOrderedList->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- VarWidth = IfrOrderedList->MaxContainers;
-
- //
- // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
- //
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
-
- Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- goto Done;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP:
- //
- // EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP
- // offset by question header
- // width is 1 sizeof (BOOLEAN)
- // default id by CheckBox Flags if CheckBox flags (Default or Mau) is set, the default value is 1 to be set.
- // value by DefaultOption
- // default id by DeaultOption DefaultId can override CheckBox Flags and Default value.
- //
-
- //
- // CheckBox question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
- //
- if (VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
- //
- IfrCheckBox = (EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (IfrCheckBox->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
- break;
- }
-
- VarWidth = (UINT16)sizeof (BOOLEAN);
-
- //
- // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
- //
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
-
- if (QuestionReferBitField) {
- VarWidth = 1;
- }
-
- Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, QuestionReferBitField);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // when go to there,BlockData can't be NULLL.
- //
- ASSERT (BlockData != NULL);
-
- SmallestIdFromFlag = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Add default value for standard ID by CheckBox Flag
- //
- VarDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
- //
- // Prepare new DefaultValue
- //
- DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId;
- if ((IfrCheckBox->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT) {
- //
- // When flag is set, default value is TRUE.
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag;
- if (QuestionReferBitField) {
- DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE;
- } else {
- DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE;
- }
-
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
-
- if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) {
- //
- // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag.
- //
- SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
- SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Add default value for Manufacture ID by CheckBox Flag
- //
- VarDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
- //
- // Prepare new DefaultValue
- //
- DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId;
- if ((IfrCheckBox->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT_MFG) {
- //
- // When flag is set, default value is TRUE.
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag;
- if (QuestionReferBitField) {
- DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE;
- } else {
- DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE;
- }
-
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
-
- if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) {
- //
- // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag.
- //
- SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
- SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- if (SmallestIdFromFlag) {
- //
- // When smallest default Id is given by the flag of CheckBox, set default value with TRUE for other default Id in the DefaultId list.
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault;
- if (QuestionReferBitField) {
- DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE;
- } else {
- DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Set default value for all the default id in the DefaultId list.
- //
- for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // When flag is not set, default value is FASLE.
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault;
- if (QuestionReferBitField) {
- DefaultData.Value.u32 = FALSE;
- } else {
- DefaultData.Value.b = FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Set default value for all the default id in the DefaultId list.
- //
- for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
- }
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DATE_OP:
- //
- // offset by question header
- // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16)
- // no default value, only block array
- //
-
- //
- // Date question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
- //
- if (VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
- //
- IfrDate = (EFI_IFR_DATE *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (IfrDate->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
- //
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
-
- VarWidth = (UINT16)sizeof (EFI_HII_DATE);
- Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- goto Done;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TIME_OP:
- //
- // offset by question header
- // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16)
- // no default value, only block array
- //
-
- //
- // Time question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
- //
- if (VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
- //
- IfrTime = (EFI_IFR_TIME *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (IfrTime->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
- //
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
-
- VarWidth = (UINT16)sizeof (EFI_HII_TIME);
- Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- goto Done;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_OP:
- //
- // offset by question header
- // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16)
- // no default value, only block array
- //
-
- //
- // String question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
- //
- if (VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
- //
- IfrString = (EFI_IFR_STRING *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (IfrString->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
- //
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
-
- VarWidth = (UINT16)(IfrString->MaxSize * sizeof (UINT16));
- Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- goto Done;
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_PASSWORD_OP:
- //
- // offset by question header
- // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16)
- // no default value, only block array
- //
-
- //
- // Password question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid.
- //
- if (VarStoreId == 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore.
- //
- IfrPassword = (EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (IfrPassword->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean.
- //
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
-
- VarWidth = (UINT16)(IfrPassword->MaxSize * sizeof (UINT16));
- Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- //
- // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // No default value for string.
- //
- BlockData = NULL;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:
- //
- // No matched block data is ignored.
- //
- if ((BlockData == NULL) || (BlockData->Scope == 0)) {
- break;
- }
-
- IfrOneOfOption = (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *)IfrOpHdr;
- if (BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP) {
- if (!FirstOrderedList) {
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Get ordered list option data type.
- //
- if ((IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8) || (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN)) {
- VarWidth = 1;
- } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16) {
- VarWidth = 2;
- } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32) {
- VarWidth = 4;
- } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {
- VarWidth = 8;
- } else {
- //
- // Invalid ordered list option data type.
- //
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
- FreePool (BlockData->Name);
- }
-
- FreePool (BlockData);
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Calculate Ordered list QuestionId width.
- //
- BlockData->Width = (UINT16)(BlockData->Width * VarWidth);
- //
- // Check whether this question is in requested block array.
- //
- if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, BlockData->Offset, BlockData->Width, (BOOLEAN)(BlockData->Name != NULL), HiiHandle)) {
- //
- // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it.
- //
- if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
- FreePool (BlockData->Name);
- }
-
- FreePool (BlockData);
- BlockData = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Check this var question is in the var storage
- //
- if ((BlockData->Name == NULL) && ((BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width) > VarStorageData->Size)) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- FreePool (BlockData);
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Add Block Data into VarStorageData BlockEntry
- //
- InsertBlockData (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry, &BlockData);
-
- FirstOrderedList = FALSE;
-
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // 1. Set default value for OneOf option when flag field has default attribute.
- // And set the default value with the smallest default id for other default id in the DefaultId list.
- //
- if (((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) ||
- ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG))
- {
- //
- // This flag is used to specify whether this option is the first. Set it to FALSE for the following options.
- // The first oneof option value will be used as default value when no default value is specified.
- //
- FirstOneOfOption = FALSE;
-
- SmallestIdFromFlag = FALSE;
-
- // Prepare new DefaultValue
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag;
- CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrOneOfOption->Value, IfrOneOfOption->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value));
- if ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) {
- DefaultData.DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
- if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) {
- //
- // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag.
- //
- SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
- SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- if ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) {
- DefaultData.DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
- if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) {
- //
- // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag.
- //
- SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
- SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- if (SmallestIdFromFlag) {
- //
- // When smallest default Id is given by the flag of oneofOption, set this option value for other default Id in the DefaultId list.
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault;
- //
- // Set default value for other default id in the DefaultId list.
- //
- for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // 2. Set as the default value when this is the first option.
- // The first oneof option value will be used as default value when no default value is specified.
- //
- if (FirstOneOfOption) {
- // This flag is used to specify whether this option is the first. Set it to FALSE for the following options.
- FirstOneOfOption = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Prepare new DefaultValue
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault;
- CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrOneOfOption->Value, IfrOneOfOption->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value));
- for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
- }
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP:
- //
- // Update Current BlockData to the default value.
- //
- if ((BlockData == NULL) || (BlockData->Scope == 0)) {
- //
- // No matched block data is ignored.
- //
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the DefaultId
- //
- IfrDefault = (EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *)IfrOpHdr;
- VarDefaultId = IfrDefault->DefaultId;
- //
- // Prepare new DefaultValue
- //
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOpcode;
- DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId;
- if (QuestionReferBitField) {
- CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrDefault->Value.u32, sizeof (UINT32));
- } else {
- CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrDefault->Value, IfrDefault->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_DEFAULT, Value));
- }
-
- // If the value field is expression, set the cleaned flag.
- if (IfrDefault->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) {
- DefaultData.Cleaned = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Add DefaultValue into current BlockData
- //
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
-
- //
- // Set default value for other default id in the DefaultId list.
- // when SmallestDefaultId == VarDefaultId means there are two defaults with same default Id.
- // If the two defaults are both from default opcode, use the first default as the default value of other default Id.
- // If one from flag and the other form default opcode, use the default opcode value as the default value of other default Id.
- //
- if ((SmallestDefaultId > VarDefaultId) || ((SmallestDefaultId == VarDefaultId) && !FromOtherDefaultOpcode)) {
- FromOtherDefaultOpcode = TRUE;
- SmallestDefaultId = VarDefaultId;
- for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- if (DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId != DefaultData.DefaultId) {
- DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault;
- DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId;
- InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData);
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // After insert the default value, reset the cleaned value for next
- // time used. If not set here, need to set the value before every time.
- // use it.
- //
- DefaultData.Cleaned = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_END_OP:
- //
- // End Opcode is for Var question.
- //
- QuestionReferBitField = FALSE;
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- if (BlockData->Scope > 0) {
- BlockData->Scope--;
- }
-
- if (BlockData->Scope == 0) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- //
- // when finishing parsing a question, clean the SmallestDefaultId and GetDefaultFromDefaultOpcode.
- //
- SmallestDefaultId = 0xFFFF;
- FromOtherDefaultOpcode = FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_GUID_OP:
- if (CompareGuid ((EFI_GUID *)((UINT8 *)IfrOpHdr + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER)), &gEdkiiIfrBitVarstoreGuid)) {
- QuestionReferBitField = TRUE;
- }
-
- break;
-
- default:
- if (BlockData != NULL) {
- if (BlockData->Scope > 0) {
- BlockData->Scope = (UINT8)(BlockData->Scope + IfrOpHdr->Scope);
- }
-
- if (BlockData->Scope == 0) {
- BlockData = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
- PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
- }
-
- //
- // if Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND, just means the opcode is not required,not contain any error,
- // so set the Status to EFI_SUCCESS.
- //
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
-Done:
- for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- for (LinkDefault = BlockData->DefaultValueEntry.ForwardLink; LinkDefault != &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry; ) {
- DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink;
- if (DefaultDataPtr->Cleaned == TRUE) {
- RemoveEntryList (&DefaultDataPtr->Entry);
- FreePool (DefaultDataPtr);
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp != NULL) {
- FreePool (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- parse the configrequest string, get the elements.
-
- @param ConfigRequest The input configrequest string.
- @param Progress Return the progress data.
-
- @retval Block data pointer.
-**/
-IFR_BLOCK_DATA *
-GetBlockElement (
- IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
- UINT16 Offset;
- UINT16 Width;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *NextBlockData;
- UINTN Length;
-
- TmpBuffer = NULL;
-
- //
- // Init RequestBlockArray
- //
- RequestBlockArray = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
- if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- InitializeListHead (&RequestBlockArray->Entry);
-
- //
- // Get the request Block array from the request string
- // Offset and Width
- //
-
- //
- // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists
- // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function.
- // <BlockName> ::= &'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>
- //
- StringPtr = ConfigRequest;
- while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) == 0) {
- //
- // Skip the OFFSET string
- //
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET=");
- //
- // Get Offset
- //
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Offset = 0;
- CopyMem (
- &Offset,
- TmpBuffer,
- (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINT16)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINT16)
- );
- FreePool (TmpBuffer);
-
- StringPtr += Length;
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH=");
-
- //
- // Get Width
- //
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Width = 0;
- CopyMem (
- &Width,
- TmpBuffer,
- (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINT16)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINT16)
- );
- FreePool (TmpBuffer);
-
- StringPtr += Length;
- if ((*StringPtr != 0) && (*StringPtr != L'&')) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Set Block Data
- //
- BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
- if (BlockData == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- BlockData->Offset = Offset;
- BlockData->Width = Width;
- InsertBlockData (&RequestBlockArray->Entry, &BlockData);
-
- //
- // Skip &VALUE string if &VALUE does exists.
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&VALUE=", StrLen (L"&VALUE=")) == 0) {
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&VALUE=");
-
- //
- // Get Value
- //
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- FreePool (TmpBuffer);
- StringPtr += Length;
- if ((*StringPtr != 0) && (*StringPtr != L'&')) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If '\0', parsing is finished.
- //
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Merge the requested block data.
- //
- Link = RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink;
- while ((Link != &RequestBlockArray->Entry) && (Link->ForwardLink != &RequestBlockArray->Entry)) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- NextBlockData = BASE_CR (Link->ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- if ((NextBlockData->Offset >= BlockData->Offset) && (NextBlockData->Offset <= (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width))) {
- if ((NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width) > (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width)) {
- BlockData->Width = (UINT16)(NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width - BlockData->Offset);
- }
-
- RemoveEntryList (Link->ForwardLink);
- FreePool (NextBlockData);
- continue;
- }
-
- Link = Link->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return RequestBlockArray;
-
-Done:
- if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) {
- //
- // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry);
- FreePool (BlockData);
- }
-
- FreePool (RequestBlockArray);
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- parse the configrequest string, get the elements.
-
- @param ConfigRequest The input config request string.
- @param Progress Return the progress data.
-
- @retval return data block array.
-**/
-IFR_BLOCK_DATA *
-GetNameElement (
- IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING NextTag;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray;
- BOOLEAN HasValue;
-
- StringPtr = ConfigRequest;
-
- //
- // Init RequestBlockArray
- //
- RequestBlockArray = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
- if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- InitializeListHead (&RequestBlockArray->Entry);
-
- //
- // Get the request Block array from the request string
- //
-
- //
- // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists
- // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function.
- // <BlockName> ::= &'Name***=***
- //
- while (StringPtr != NULL && *StringPtr == L'&') {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- //
- // Skip the L"&" string
- //
- StringPtr += 1;
-
- HasValue = FALSE;
- if ((NextTag = StrStr (StringPtr, L"=")) != NULL) {
- *NextTag = L'\0';
- HasValue = TRUE;
- } else if ((NextTag = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&")) != NULL) {
- *NextTag = L'\0';
- }
-
- //
- // Set Block Data
- //
- BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA));
- if (BlockData == NULL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Get Name
- //
- BlockData->Name = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (StringPtr), StringPtr);
- InsertBlockData (&RequestBlockArray->Entry, &BlockData);
-
- if (HasValue) {
- //
- // If has value, skip the value.
- //
- StringPtr = NextTag + 1;
- *NextTag = L'=';
- StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&");
- } else if (NextTag != NULL) {
- //
- // restore the '&' text.
- //
- StringPtr = NextTag;
- *NextTag = L'&';
- }
- }
-
- return RequestBlockArray;
-
-Done:
- if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) {
- //
- // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry);
- if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
- FreePool (BlockData->Name);
- }
-
- FreePool (BlockData);
- }
-
- FreePool (RequestBlockArray);
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Generate ConfigRequest string base on the varstore info.
-
- @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore.
- @param VarStorageData The varstore info.
- @param Status Return Status.
- @param ConfigRequest The ConfigRequest info may be return.
-
- @retval TRUE Need to continue
- @retval Others NO need to continue or error occur.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-GenerateConfigRequest (
- IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr,
- IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
- OUT EFI_STATUS *Status,
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigRequest
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN DataExist;
- UINTN Length;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- CHAR16 *FullConfigRequest;
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
-
- //
- // Append VarStorageData BlockEntry into *Request string
- // Now support only one varstore in a form package.
- //
-
- //
- // Go through all VarStorageData Entry and get BlockEntry for each one for the multiple varstore in a single form package
- // Then construct them all to return MultiRequest string : ConfigHdr BlockConfig
- //
-
- //
- // Compute the length of the entire request starting with <ConfigHdr> and a
- // Null-terminator
- //
- DataExist = FALSE;
- Length = StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1;
-
- for (Link = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; Link != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DataExist = TRUE;
- BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
- //
- // Add <BlockName> length for each Name
- //
- // <BlockName> ::= &Name1&Name2&...
- // |1| StrLen(Name1)
- //
- Length = Length + (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name));
- } else {
- //
- // Add <BlockName> length for each Offset/Width pair
- //
- // <BlockName> ::= &OFFSET=1234&WIDTH=1234
- // | 8 | 4 | 7 | 4 |
- //
- Length = Length + (8 + 4 + 7 + 4);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // No any request block data is found. The request string can't be constructed.
- //
- if (!DataExist) {
- *Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate buffer for the entire <ConfigRequest>
- //
- FullConfigRequest = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (FullConfigRequest == NULL) {
- *Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- StringPtr = FullConfigRequest;
-
- //
- // Start with <ConfigHdr>
- //
- StrCpyS (StringPtr, Length, ConfigHdr);
- StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
-
- //
- // Loop through all the Offset/Width pairs and append them to ConfigRequest
- //
- for (Link = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; Link != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
- //
- // Append &Name1\0
- //
- UnicodeSPrint (
- StringPtr,
- (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
- L"&%s",
- BlockData->Name
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Append &OFFSET=XXXX&WIDTH=YYYY\0
- //
- UnicodeSPrint (
- StringPtr,
- (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
- L"&OFFSET=%04X&WIDTH=%04X",
- BlockData->Offset,
- BlockData->Width
- );
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
- }
-
- //
- // Set to the got full request string.
- //
- HiiToLower (FullConfigRequest);
-
- if (*ConfigRequest != NULL) {
- FreePool (*ConfigRequest);
- }
-
- *ConfigRequest = FullConfigRequest;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Generate ConfigRequest Header base on the varstore info.
-
- @param VarStorageData The varstore info.
- @param DevicePath Device path for this varstore.
- @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Generate the header success.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Allocate buffer fail.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GenerateHdr (
- IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
- OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigHdr
- )
-{
- EFI_STRING GuidStr;
- EFI_STRING NameStr;
- EFI_STRING PathStr;
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- NameStr = NULL;
- GuidStr = NULL;
- PathStr = NULL;
-
- //
- // Construct <ConfigHdr> : "GUID=...&NAME=...&PATH=..." by VarStorageData Guid, Name and DriverHandle
- //
- GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)&VarStorageData->Guid, 1, &GuidStr);
- if (VarStorageData->Name != NULL) {
- GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (VarStorageData->Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *)VarStorageData->Name, 2, &NameStr);
- } else {
- GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr);
- }
-
- GenerateSubStr (
- L"PATH=",
- GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)DevicePath),
- (VOID *)DevicePath,
- 1,
- &PathStr
- );
- Length = StrLen (GuidStr) + StrLen (NameStr) + StrLen (PathStr) + 1;
- if (VarStorageData->Name == NULL) {
- Length += 1;
- }
-
- *ConfigHdr = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (*ConfigHdr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StrCpyS (*ConfigHdr, Length, GuidStr);
- StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, NameStr);
- if (VarStorageData->Name == NULL) {
- StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, L"&");
- }
-
- StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, PathStr);
-
- //
- // Remove the last character L'&'
- //
- *(*ConfigHdr + StrLen (*ConfigHdr) - 1) = L'\0';
-
-Done:
- if (GuidStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (GuidStr);
- }
-
- if (NameStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (NameStr);
- }
-
- if (PathStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (PathStr);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the default value in the block data which is used as bit var store.
-
- For example:
- A question value saved in a bit fied: bitoffset = 1; bitwidth = 2;default value = 1.
- And corresponding block data info: offset==0; width==1;currently the default value
- is saved as 1.Actually the default value 1 need to be set to bit field 1, so the
- default value of this block data shuold be:2.
-
- typedef struct {
- UINT8 Bit1 : 1; //
- UINT8 Bit2 : 2; // Question saved in Bit2,so originalBlock info: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) defaul = 1.
- // (default value record for the bit field)
- ......
- }ExampleData;
-
- After function UpdateDefaultValue,the Block info is: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 2.
- (default value record for the Block)
-
- UpdateDefaultValue function update default value of bit var block based on the bit field info in the block.
-
- @param BlockLink The Link of the block data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateDefaultValue (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData;
- UINTN StartBit;
- UINTN EndBit;
- UINT32 BitFieldDefaultValue;
-
- for ( Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- if (!BlockData->IsBitVar) {
- continue;
- }
-
- ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry;
- //
- // Update the default value in the block data with all existing default id.
- //
- for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) {
- //
- // Get the default data, and the value of the default data is for some field in the block.
- // Note: Default value for bit field question is stored as UINT32.
- //
- DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- BitFieldDefaultValue = DefaultValueData->Value.u32;
-
- StartBit = BlockData->BitOffset % 8;
- EndBit = StartBit + BlockData->BitWidth - 1;
-
- //
- // Set the bit field default value to related bit filed, then we will got the new default vaule for the block data.
- //
- DefaultValueData->Value.u32 = BitFieldWrite32 (0, StartBit, EndBit, BitFieldDefaultValue);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
-Merge the default value in two block datas which have overlap region.
-
-For bit fields, their related block data may have overlap region, such as:
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT16 Bit1 : 6; // Question1 refer Bit1, Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 1
- UINT16 Bit2 : 5; // Question2 refer Bit2, Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 5
- // (default value record for the bit field)
- ......
-}ExampleData;
-
-After function UpdateDefaultValue:
-Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 1
-Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 320 (5 * (2 << 6))
-(default value record for block)
-
-After function MergeBlockDefaultValue:
-Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 65
-Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 321
-(Block1 and Block2 has overlap region, merge the overlap value to Block1 and Blcok2)
-
-Block1 and Block2 have overlap byte region, but currntly the default value of Block1 only contains
-value of Bit1 (low 6 bits),the default value of Block2 only contains the value of Bit2 (middle 5 bits).
-
-This fuction merge the default value of these two blocks, and make the default value of block1
-also contain the value of lower 2 bits of the Bit2. And make the default value of Block2 also
-contain the default value of Bit1.
-
-We can get the total value of the whole block that just cover these two blocks(in this case is:
-block: offset =0; width =2;) then the value of block2 is same as block, the value of block1 is
-the first byte value of block.
-
-@param FirstBlock Point to the block date whose default value need to be merged.
-@param SecondBlock Point to the block date whose default value need to be merged.
-
-**/
-VOID
-MergeBlockDefaultValue (
- IN OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA *FirstBlock,
- IN OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA *SecondBlock
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *FirstListEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *SecondListEntry;
- LIST_ENTRY *FirstDefaultLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *SecondDefaultLink;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *FirstDefaultValueData;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *SecondDefaultValueData;
- UINT32 *FirstDefaultValue;
- UINT32 *SecondDefaultValue;
- UINT64 TotalValue;
- UINT64 ShiftedValue;
- UINT16 OffsetShift;
-
- FirstListEntry = &FirstBlock->DefaultValueEntry;
- for (FirstDefaultLink = FirstListEntry->ForwardLink; FirstDefaultLink != FirstListEntry; FirstDefaultLink = FirstDefaultLink->ForwardLink) {
- FirstDefaultValueData = BASE_CR (FirstDefaultLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- SecondListEntry = &SecondBlock->DefaultValueEntry;
- for (SecondDefaultLink = SecondListEntry->ForwardLink; SecondDefaultLink != SecondListEntry; SecondDefaultLink = SecondDefaultLink->ForwardLink) {
- SecondDefaultValueData = BASE_CR (SecondDefaultLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- if (FirstDefaultValueData->DefaultId != SecondDefaultValueData->DefaultId) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Find default value with same default id in the two blocks.
- // Note: Default value for bit field question is stored as UINT32 type.
- //
- FirstDefaultValue = &FirstDefaultValueData->Value.u32;
- SecondDefaultValue = &SecondDefaultValueData->Value.u32;
- //
- // 1. Get the default value of the whole blcok that can just cover FirstBlock and SecondBlock.
- // 2. Get the default value of FirstBlock and SecondBlock form the value of whole block based
- // on the offset and width of FirstBlock and SecondBlock.
- //
- if (FirstBlock->Offset > SecondBlock->Offset) {
- OffsetShift = FirstBlock->Offset - SecondBlock->Offset;
- ShiftedValue = LShiftU64 ((UINT64)(*FirstDefaultValue), OffsetShift * 8);
- TotalValue = ShiftedValue | (UINT64)(*SecondDefaultValue);
- *SecondDefaultValue = (UINT32)BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, 0, SecondBlock->Width * 8 -1);
- *FirstDefaultValue = (UINT32)BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, OffsetShift * 8, OffsetShift * 8 + FirstBlock->Width *8 -1);
- } else {
- OffsetShift = SecondBlock->Offset -FirstBlock->Offset;
- ShiftedValue = LShiftU64 ((UINT64)(*SecondDefaultValue), OffsetShift * 8);
- TotalValue = ShiftedValue | (UINT64)(*FirstDefaultValue);
- *FirstDefaultValue = (UINT32)BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, 0, FirstBlock->Width * 8 -1);
- *SecondDefaultValue = (UINT32)BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, OffsetShift * 8, OffsetShift * 8 + SecondBlock->Width *8 -1);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
-
-Update the default value in the block data which used as Bit VarStore
-
-@param BlockLink The Link of the block data.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateBlockDataArray (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *TempLink;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *NextBlockData;
-
- //
- // 1. Update default value in BitVar block data.
- // Sine some block datas are used as BitVarStore, then the default value recored in the block
- // is for related bit field in the block. so we need to set the default value to the related bit
- // fields in the block data if the block data is used as bit varstore, then the default value of
- // the block will be updated.
- //
- UpdateDefaultValue (BlockLink);
-
- //
- // 2.Update default value for overlap BitVar blcok datas.
- // For block datas have overlap region, we need to merge the default value in different blocks.
- //
- for (Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- if (!BlockData->IsBitVar) {
- continue;
- }
-
- for (TempLink = Link->ForwardLink; TempLink != BlockLink; TempLink = TempLink->ForwardLink) {
- NextBlockData = BASE_CR (TempLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- if (!NextBlockData->IsBitVar || (NextBlockData->Offset >= BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width) || (BlockData->Offset >= NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Find two blocks are used as bit VarStore and have overlap region, so need to merge default value of these two blocks.
- //
- MergeBlockDefaultValue (BlockData, NextBlockData);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Generate ConfigAltResp string base on the varstore info.
-
- @param HiiHandle Hii Handle for this hii package.
- @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore.
- @param VarStorageData The varstore info.
- @param DefaultIdArray The Default id array.
- @param DefaultAltCfgResp The DefaultAltCfgResp info may be return.
-
- @retval TRUE Need to continue
- @retval Others NO need to continue or error occur.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GenerateAltConfigResp (
- IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle,
- IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr,
- IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData,
- IN IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray,
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *DefaultAltCfgResp
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN DataExist;
- UINTN Length;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *LinkData;
- LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault;
- LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry;
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultId;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData;
- UINTN Width;
- UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
- CHAR16 *DefaultString;
- UINTN StrSize;
-
- BlockData = NULL;
- DataExist = FALSE;
- DefaultString = NULL;
- //
- // Add length for <ConfigHdr> + '\0'
- //
- Length = StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1;
-
- UpdateBlockDataArray (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry);
-
- for (Link = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultId = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- //
- // Add length for "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX"
- // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 |
- //
- Length += (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 8 + 4);
-
- for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry;
- for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- if (DefaultValueData->DefaultId != DefaultId->DefaultId) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
- //
- // Add length for "&Name1=zzzzzzzzzzzz"
- // |1|Name|1|Value|
- //
- Length += (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name) + 1 + BlockData->Width * 2);
- } else {
- //
- // Add length for "&OFFSET=XXXX&WIDTH=YYYY&VALUE=zzzzzzzzzzzz"
- // | 8 | 4 | 7 | 4 | 7 | Width * 2 |
- //
- Length += (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 7 + BlockData->Width * 2);
- }
-
- DataExist = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // No default value is found. The default string doesn't exist.
- //
- if (!DataExist) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Allocate buffer for the entire <DefaultAltCfgResp>
- //
- *DefaultAltCfgResp = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (*DefaultAltCfgResp == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- StringPtr = *DefaultAltCfgResp;
-
- //
- // Start with <ConfigHdr>
- //
- StrCpyS (StringPtr, Length, ConfigHdr);
- StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
-
- for (Link = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultId = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- //
- // Add <AltConfigHdr> of the form "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX\0"
- // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 |
- //
- UnicodeSPrint (
- StringPtr,
- (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 8 + 4 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
- L"&%s&ALTCFG=%04X",
- ConfigHdr,
- DefaultId->DefaultId
- );
- StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
-
- for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry;
- for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) {
- DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- if (DefaultValueData->DefaultId != DefaultId->DefaultId) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
- UnicodeSPrint (
- StringPtr,
- (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
- L"&%s=",
- BlockData->Name
- );
- StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
- } else {
- //
- // Add <BlockConfig>
- // <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE'=<Number>
- //
- UnicodeSPrint (
- StringPtr,
- (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 7 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16),
- L"&OFFSET=%04X&WIDTH=%04X&VALUE=",
- BlockData->Offset,
- BlockData->Width
- );
- StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr);
- }
-
- Width = BlockData->Width;
- //
- // Convert Value to a hex string in "%x" format
- // NOTE: This is in the opposite byte that GUID and PATH use
- //
- if (BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP) {
- DefaultString = InternalGetString (HiiHandle, DefaultValueData->Value.string);
- TmpBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (Width);
- ASSERT (TmpBuffer != NULL);
- if (DefaultString != NULL) {
- StrSize = StrLen (DefaultString)* sizeof (CHAR16);
- if (StrSize > Width) {
- StrSize = Width;
- }
-
- CopyMem (TmpBuffer, (UINT8 *)DefaultString, StrSize);
- }
- } else {
- TmpBuffer = (UINT8 *)&(DefaultValueData->Value);
- }
-
- for ( ; Width > 0 && (TmpBuffer != NULL); Width--) {
- UnicodeValueToStringS (
- StringPtr,
- Length * sizeof (CHAR16) - ((UINTN)StringPtr - (UINTN)*DefaultAltCfgResp),
- PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
- TmpBuffer[Width - 1],
- 2
- );
- StringPtr += StrnLenS (StringPtr, Length - ((UINTN)StringPtr - (UINTN)*DefaultAltCfgResp) / sizeof (CHAR16));
- }
-
- if (DefaultString != NULL) {
- FreePool (DefaultString);
- DefaultString = NULL;
- }
-
- if ((BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP) && (TmpBuffer != NULL)) {
- FreePool (TmpBuffer);
- TmpBuffer = NULL;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- HiiToLower (*DefaultAltCfgResp);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function gets the full request string and full default value string by
- parsing IFR data in HII form packages.
-
- When Request points to NULL string, the request string and default value string
- for each varstore in form package will return.
-
- @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package.
- @param DevicePath Device Path which Hii Config Access Protocol is registered.
- @param Request Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigRequest> format. When it doesn't contain
- any RequestElement, it will be updated to return
- the full RequestElement retrieved from IFR data.
- If it points to NULL, the request string for the first
- varstore in form package will be merged into a
- <MultiConfigRequest> format string and return.
- @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigAltResp> format. When the pointer is to NULL,
- the full default value string retrieved from IFR data
- will return. When the pinter is to a string, the
- full default value string retrieved from IFR data
- will be merged into the input string and return.
- When Request points to NULL, the default value string
- for each varstore in form package will be merged into
- a <MultiConfigAltResp> format string and return.
- @param PointerProgress Optional parameter, it can be NULL.
- When it is not NULL, if Request is NULL, it returns NULL.
- On return, points to a character in the Request
- string. Points to the string's null terminator if
- request was successful. Points to the most recent
- & before the first failing name / value pair (or
- the beginning of the string if the failure is in
- the first name / value pair) if the request was
- not successful.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string.
- And AltCfgResp contains all default value string.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The varstore (Guid and Name) in Request string
- can't be found in Form package.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND HiiPackage can't be got on the input HiiHandle.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (
- IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord,
- IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *Request,
- IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp,
- OUT EFI_STRING *PointerProgress OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *HiiFormPackage;
- UINTN PackageSize;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray;
- IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultId;
- IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray;
- IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData;
- EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp;
- EFI_STRING ConfigHdr;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING Progress;
-
- if ((DataBaseRecord == NULL) || (DevicePath == NULL) || (Request == NULL) || (AltCfgResp == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize the local variables.
- //
- RequestBlockArray = NULL;
- DefaultIdArray = NULL;
- VarStorageData = NULL;
- DefaultAltCfgResp = NULL;
- ConfigHdr = NULL;
- HiiFormPackage = NULL;
- PackageSize = 0;
- Progress = *Request;
-
- Status = GetFormPackageData (DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // 1. Get the request block array by Request String when Request string contains the block array.
- //
- StringPtr = NULL;
- if (*Request != NULL) {
- StringPtr = *Request;
- //
- // Jump <ConfigHdr>
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"GUID=");
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&NAME=");
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH=");
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- //
- // No request block is found.
- //
- StringPtr = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If StringPtr != NULL, get the request elements.
- //
- if (StringPtr != NULL) {
- if (StrStr (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=") != NULL) {
- RequestBlockArray = GetBlockElement (StringPtr, &Progress);
- } else {
- RequestBlockArray = GetNameElement (StringPtr, &Progress);
- }
-
- if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize DefaultIdArray to store the map between DeaultId and DefaultName
- //
- DefaultIdArray = (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA));
- if (DefaultIdArray == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- InitializeListHead (&DefaultIdArray->Entry);
-
- //
- // Initialize VarStorageData to store the var store Block and Default value information.
- //
- VarStorageData = (IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA));
- if (VarStorageData == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- InitializeListHead (&VarStorageData->Entry);
- InitializeListHead (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry);
-
- //
- // 2. Parse FormPackage to get BlockArray and DefaultId Array for the request BlockArray.
- //
-
- //
- // Parse the opcode in form package to get the default setting.
- //
- Status = ParseIfrData (
- DataBaseRecord->Handle,
- HiiFormPackage,
- (UINT32)PackageSize,
- *Request,
- RequestBlockArray,
- VarStorageData,
- DefaultIdArray
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // No requested varstore in IFR data and directly return
- //
- if ((VarStorageData->Type == 0) && (VarStorageData->Name == NULL)) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // 3. Construct Request Element (Block Name) for 2.1 and 2.2 case.
- //
- Status = GenerateHdr (VarStorageData, DevicePath, &ConfigHdr);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) {
- if (!GenerateConfigRequest (ConfigHdr, VarStorageData, &Status, Request)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // 4. Construct Default Value string in AltResp according to request element.
- // Go through all VarStorageData Entry and get the DefaultId array for each one
- // Then construct them all to : ConfigHdr AltConfigHdr ConfigBody AltConfigHdr ConfigBody
- //
- Status = GenerateAltConfigResp (DataBaseRecord->Handle, ConfigHdr, VarStorageData, DefaultIdArray, &DefaultAltCfgResp);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // 5. Merge string into the input AltCfgResp if the input *AltCfgResp is not NULL.
- //
- if ((*AltCfgResp != NULL) && (DefaultAltCfgResp != NULL)) {
- Status = MergeDefaultString (AltCfgResp, DefaultAltCfgResp);
- FreePool (DefaultAltCfgResp);
- } else if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
- *AltCfgResp = DefaultAltCfgResp;
- }
-
-Done:
- if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) {
- //
- // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry);
- if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
- FreePool (BlockData->Name);
- }
-
- FreePool (BlockData);
- }
-
- FreePool (RequestBlockArray);
- }
-
- if (VarStorageData != NULL) {
- //
- // Free link array VarStorageData
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry)) {
- BlockData = BASE_CR (VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry);
- RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry);
- if (BlockData->Name != NULL) {
- FreePool (BlockData->Name);
- }
-
- //
- // Free default value link array
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&BlockData->DefaultValueEntry)) {
- DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (BlockData->DefaultValueEntry.ForwardLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- RemoveEntryList (&DefaultValueData->Entry);
- FreePool (DefaultValueData);
- }
-
- FreePool (BlockData);
- }
-
- if (VarStorageData->Name != NULL) {
- FreePool (VarStorageData->Name);
- VarStorageData->Name = NULL;
- }
-
- FreePool (VarStorageData);
- }
-
- if (DefaultIdArray != NULL) {
- //
- // Free DefaultId Array
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&DefaultIdArray->Entry)) {
- DefaultId = BASE_CR (DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry);
- RemoveEntryList (&DefaultId->Entry);
- FreePool (DefaultId);
- }
-
- FreePool (DefaultIdArray);
- }
-
- //
- // Free the allocated string
- //
- if (ConfigHdr != NULL) {
- FreePool (ConfigHdr);
- }
-
- //
- // Free Package data
- //
- if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) {
- FreePool (HiiFormPackage);
- }
-
- if (PointerProgress != NULL) {
- if (*Request == NULL) {
- *PointerProgress = NULL;
- } else if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *PointerProgress = *Request;
- } else {
- *PointerProgress = *Request + StrLen (*Request);
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function gets the full request resp string by
- parsing IFR data in HII form packages.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
- instance.
- @param EfiVarStoreInfo The efi varstore info which is save in the EFI
- varstore data structure.
- @param Request Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigRequest> format.
- @param RequestResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigResp> format.
- @param AccessProgress On return, points to a character in the Request
- string. Points to the string's null terminator if
- request was successful. Points to the most recent
- & before the first failing name / value pair (or
- the beginning of the string if the failure is in
- the first name / value pair) if the request was
- not successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string.
- And AltCfgResp contains all default value string.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetConfigRespFromEfiVarStore (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo,
- IN EFI_STRING Request,
- OUT EFI_STRING *RequestResp,
- OUT EFI_STRING *AccessProgress
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING VarStoreName;
- UINTN NameSize;
- UINT8 *VarStore;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- BufferSize = 0;
- VarStore = NULL;
- VarStoreName = NULL;
- *AccessProgress = Request;
-
- NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name);
- VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
-
- Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, NULL);
- if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- VarStore = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
- ASSERT (VarStore != NULL);
- Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, VarStore);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Status = HiiBlockToConfig (This, Request, VarStore, BufferSize, RequestResp, AccessProgress);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
-Done:
- if (VarStoreName != NULL) {
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- }
-
- if (VarStore != NULL) {
- FreePool (VarStore);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function route the full request resp string for efi varstore.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
- instance.
- @param EfiVarStoreInfo The efi varstore info which is save in the EFI
- varstore data structure.
- @param RequestResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigResp> format.
- @param Result Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigResp> format.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string.
- And AltCfgResp contains all default value string.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RouteConfigRespForEfiVarStore (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo,
- IN EFI_STRING RequestResp,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING VarStoreName;
- UINTN NameSize;
- UINT8 *VarStore;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- UINTN BlockSize;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- BufferSize = 0;
- VarStore = NULL;
- VarStoreName = NULL;
- *Result = RequestResp;
-
- NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name);
- VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (VarStoreName == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize);
-
- Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, NULL);
- if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The variable does not exist!"));
- goto Done;
- }
-
- BlockSize = BufferSize;
- VarStore = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize);
- ASSERT (VarStore != NULL);
- Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, VarStore);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Status = HiiConfigToBlock (This, RequestResp, VarStore, &BlockSize, Result);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Status = gRT->SetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, EfiVarStoreInfo->Attributes, BufferSize, VarStore);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *Result = RequestResp;
- goto Done;
- }
-
-Done:
- if (VarStoreName != NULL) {
- FreePool (VarStoreName);
- }
-
- if (VarStore != NULL) {
- FreePool (VarStore);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Validate the config request elements.
-
- @param ConfigElements A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format,
- without configHdr field.
-
- @retval CHAR16 * THE first Name/value pair not correct.
- @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-OffsetWidthValidate (
- CHAR16 *ConfigElements
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
- CHAR16 *RetVal;
-
- StringPtr = ConfigElements;
-
- while (1) {
- RetVal = StringPtr;
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) != 0) {
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH=");
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- return NULL;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Validate the config request elements.
-
- @param ConfigElements A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format,
- without configHdr field.
-
- @retval CHAR16 * THE first Name/value pair not correct.
- @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-NameValueValidate (
- CHAR16 *ConfigElements
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
- CHAR16 *RetVal;
-
- StringPtr = ConfigElements;
-
- while (1) {
- RetVal = StringPtr;
- if (*StringPtr != L'&') {
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- StringPtr += 1;
-
- StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&");
-
- if (StringPtr == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Validate the config request string.
-
- @param ConfigRequest A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format.
-
- @retval CHAR16 * THE first element not correct.
- @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-ConfigRequestValidate (
- CHAR16 *ConfigRequest
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN HasNameField;
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
-
- HasNameField = TRUE;
- StringPtr = ConfigRequest;
-
- //
- // Check <ConfigHdr>
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
- return ConfigRequest;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"GUID=");
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- return ConfigRequest;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&NAME=");
- if (*StringPtr == L'&') {
- HasNameField = FALSE;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- return ConfigRequest;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH=");
- while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == L'\0') {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (HasNameField) {
- //
- // Should be Buffer varstore, config request should be "OFFSET/Width" pairs.
- //
- return OffsetWidthValidate (StringPtr);
- } else {
- //
- // Should be Name/Value varstore, config request should be "&name1&name2..." pairs.
- //
- return NameValueValidate (StringPtr);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- This function allows a caller to extract the current configuration
- for one or more named elements from one or more drivers.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
- instance.
- @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MultiConfigRequest> format.
- @param Progress On return, points to a character in the Request
- string. Points to the string's null terminator if
- request was successful. Points to the most recent
- & before the first failing name / value pair (or
- the beginning of the string if the failure is in
- the first name / value pair) if the request was
- not successful.
- @param Results Null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MultiConfigAltResp> format which has all values
- filled in for the names in the Request string.
- String to be allocated by the called function.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is filled with the values
- corresponding to all requested names.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the
- results that must be stored awaiting possible
- future protocols.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any known driver.
- Progress set to the "G" in "GUID" of the routing
- header that doesn't match. Note: There is no
- requirement that all routing data be validated
- before any configuration extraction.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER For example, passing in a NULL for the Request
- parameter would result in this type of error. The
- Progress parameter is set to NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Illegal syntax. Progress set to most recent &
- before the error or the beginning of the string.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The ExtractConfig function of the underlying HII
- Configuration Access Protocol returned
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER. Progress set to most recent
- & before the error or the beginning of the string.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-HiiConfigRoutingExtractConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Request,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Results
- )
-{
- HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING ConfigRequest;
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database;
- UINT8 *DevicePathPkg;
- UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath;
- EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess;
- EFI_STRING AccessProgress;
- EFI_STRING AccessResults;
- EFI_STRING AccessProgressBackup;
- EFI_STRING AccessResultsBackup;
- EFI_STRING DefaultResults;
- BOOLEAN FirstElement;
- BOOLEAN IfrDataParsedFlag;
- BOOLEAN IsEfiVarStore;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo;
- EFI_STRING ErrorPtr;
- UINTN DevicePathSize;
- UINTN ConigStringSize;
- UINTN ConigStringSizeNewsize;
- EFI_STRING ConfigStringPtr;
-
- if ((This == NULL) || (Progress == NULL) || (Results == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Request == NULL) {
- *Progress = NULL;
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- StringPtr = Request;
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- DefaultResults = NULL;
- ConfigRequest = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- AccessResults = NULL;
- AccessProgress = NULL;
- AccessResultsBackup = NULL;
- AccessProgressBackup = NULL;
- DevicePath = NULL;
- IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE;
- IsEfiVarStore = FALSE;
- EfiVarStoreInfo = NULL;
-
- //
- // The first element of <MultiConfigRequest> should be
- // <GuidHdr>, which is in 'GUID='<Guid> syntax.
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FirstElement = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for
- // Results if this fix length is insufficient.
- //
- *Results = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH);
- if (*Results == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0) {
- //
- // If parsing error, set Progress to the beginning of the <MultiConfigRequest>
- // or most recent & before the error.
- //
- if (StringPtr == Request) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- } else {
- *Progress = StringPtr - 1;
- }
-
- //
- // Process each <ConfigRequest> of <MultiConfigRequest>
- //
- Length = CalculateConfigStringLen (StringPtr);
- ConfigRequest = AllocateCopyPool ((Length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtr);
- if (ConfigRequest == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- *(ConfigRequest + Length) = 0;
-
- //
- // Get the UEFI device path
- //
- Status = GetDevicePath (ConfigRequest, (UINT8 **)&DevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Find driver which matches the routing data.
- //
- DriverHandle = NULL;
- HiiHandle = NULL;
- Database = NULL;
- for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink;
- Link != &Private->DatabaseList;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink
- )
- {
- Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE);
- if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) {
- CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)CurrentDevicePath);
- if ((CompareMem (DevicePath, CurrentDevicePath, DevicePathSize) == 0) && IsThisPackageList (Database, ConfigRequest)) {
- DriverHandle = Database->DriverHandle;
- HiiHandle = Database->Handle;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Try to find driver handle by device path.
- //
- if (DriverHandle == NULL) {
- TempDevicePath = DevicePath;
- Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &TempDevicePath,
- &DriverHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DriverHandle == NULL)) {
- //
- // Routing data does not match any known driver.
- // Set Progress to the 'G' in "GUID" of the routing header.
- //
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Validate ConfigRequest String.
- //
- ErrorPtr = ConfigRequestValidate (ConfigRequest);
- if (ErrorPtr != NULL) {
- *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, ErrorPtr);
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether ConfigRequest contains request string.
- //
- IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE;
- if ((HiiHandle != NULL) && !GetElementsFromRequest (ConfigRequest)) {
- //
- // Get the full request string from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle
- //
- IfrDataParsedFlag = TRUE;
- Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, &AccessProgress);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>.
- // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it.
- //
- ASSERT (AccessProgress != NULL);
- *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress);
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Not any request block is found.
- //
- if (!GetElementsFromRequest (ConfigRequest)) {
- AccessResults = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (ConfigRequest), ConfigRequest);
- goto NextConfigString;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Check whether this ConfigRequest is search from Efi varstore type storage.
- //
- Status = GetVarStoreType (Database, ConfigRequest, &IsEfiVarStore, &EfiVarStoreInfo);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (IsEfiVarStore) {
- //
- // Call the GetVariable function to extract settings.
- //
- Status = GetConfigRespFromEfiVarStore (This, EfiVarStoreInfo, ConfigRequest, &AccessResults, &AccessProgress);
- FreePool (EfiVarStoreInfo);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>.
- // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it.
- //
- *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress);
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // For EfiVarstore, call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to get the AltCfgResp from driver.
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- DriverHandle,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&ConfigAccess
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // The driver has EfiVarStore, may not install ConfigAccess protocol.
- // So ignore the error status in this case.
- //
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig (
- ConfigAccess,
- ConfigRequest,
- &AccessProgressBackup,
- &AccessResultsBackup
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Merge the AltCfgResp in AccessResultsBackup to AccessResults
- //
- if ((AccessResultsBackup != NULL) && (StrStr (AccessResultsBackup, L"&ALTCFG=") != NULL)) {
- ConigStringSize = StrSize (AccessResults);
- ConfigStringPtr = StrStr (AccessResultsBackup, L"&GUID=");
- ConigStringSizeNewsize = StrSize (ConfigStringPtr) + ConigStringSize + sizeof (CHAR16);
- AccessResults = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool (
- ConigStringSize,
- ConigStringSizeNewsize,
- AccessResults
- );
- StrCatS (AccessResults, ConigStringSizeNewsize / sizeof (CHAR16), ConfigStringPtr);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // In the ExtractConfig function of some driver may not support EfiVarStore,
- // may return error status, just ignore the error status in this case.
- //
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (AccessResultsBackup != NULL) {
- FreePool (AccessResultsBackup);
- AccessResultsBackup = NULL;
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to extract settings
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- DriverHandle,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&ConfigAccess
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig (
- ConfigAccess,
- ConfigRequest,
- &AccessProgress,
- &AccessResults
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>.
- // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it.
- //
- *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress);
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Attach this <ConfigAltResp> to a <MultiConfigAltResp>. There is a '&'
- // which separates the first <ConfigAltResp> and the following ones.
- //
- ASSERT (*AccessProgress == 0);
-
- //
- // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle
- //
- if (!IfrDataParsedFlag && (HiiHandle != NULL)) {
- Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, NULL);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- FreePool (DevicePath);
- DevicePath = NULL;
-
- if (DefaultResults != NULL) {
- Status = MergeDefaultString (&AccessResults, DefaultResults);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- FreePool (DefaultResults);
- DefaultResults = NULL;
- }
-
-NextConfigString:
- if (!FirstElement) {
- Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, L"&");
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, AccessResults);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- FirstElement = FALSE;
-
- FreePool (AccessResults);
- AccessResults = NULL;
- FreePool (ConfigRequest);
- ConfigRequest = NULL;
-
- //
- // Go to next <ConfigRequest> (skip '&').
- //
- StringPtr += Length;
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- break;
- }
-
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
-Done:
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (*Results);
- *Results = NULL;
- }
-
- if (ConfigRequest != NULL) {
- FreePool (ConfigRequest);
- }
-
- if (AccessResults != NULL) {
- FreePool (AccessResults);
- }
-
- if (DefaultResults != NULL) {
- FreePool (DefaultResults);
- }
-
- if (DevicePath != NULL) {
- FreePool (DevicePath);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This function allows the caller to request the current configuration for the
- entirety of the current HII database and returns the data in a
- null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
- instance.
- @param Results Null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MultiConfigAltResp> format which has all values
- filled in for the entirety of the current HII
- database. String to be allocated by the called
- function. De-allocation is up to the caller.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is filled with the values
- corresponding to all requested names.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the
- results that must be stored awaiting possible
- future protocols.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER For example, passing in a NULL for the Results
- parameter would result in this type of error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-HiiConfigRoutingExportConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Results
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess;
- EFI_STRING AccessResults;
- EFI_STRING Progress;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING ConfigRequest;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_HANDLE *ConfigAccessHandles;
- UINTN NumberConfigAccessHandles;
- BOOLEAN FirstElement;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle;
- EFI_STRING DefaultResults;
- HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database;
- UINT8 *DevicePathPkg;
- UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath;
- BOOLEAN IfrDataParsedFlag;
-
- if ((This == NULL) || (Results == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
-
- //
- // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for
- // Results if this fix length is insufficient.
- //
- *Results = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH);
- if (*Results == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NumberConfigAccessHandles = 0;
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NumberConfigAccessHandles,
- &ConfigAccessHandles
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- FirstElement = TRUE;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberConfigAccessHandles; Index++) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- ConfigAccessHandles[Index],
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&ConfigAccess
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Get DevicePath and HiiHandle for this ConfigAccess driver handle
- //
- IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE;
- Progress = NULL;
- HiiHandle = NULL;
- DefaultResults = NULL;
- Database = NULL;
- ConfigRequest = NULL;
- DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (ConfigAccessHandles[Index]);
- if (DevicePath != NULL) {
- for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink;
- Link != &Private->DatabaseList;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink
- )
- {
- Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE);
- if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) {
- CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- if (CompareMem (
- DevicePath,
- CurrentDevicePath,
- GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)CurrentDevicePath)
- ) == 0)
- {
- HiiHandle = Database->Handle;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig (
- ConfigAccess,
- NULL,
- &Progress,
- &AccessResults
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle
- //
- if ((HiiHandle != NULL) && (DevicePath != NULL)) {
- IfrDataParsedFlag = TRUE;
- Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, NULL);
- //
- // Get the full request string to get the Current setting again.
- //
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (ConfigRequest != NULL)) {
- Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig (
- ConfigAccess,
- ConfigRequest,
- &Progress,
- &AccessResults
- );
- FreePool (ConfigRequest);
- } else {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle
- //
- if (!IfrDataParsedFlag && (HiiHandle != NULL) && (DevicePath != NULL)) {
- StringPtr = StrStr (AccessResults, L"&GUID=");
- if (StringPtr != NULL) {
- *StringPtr = 0;
- }
-
- if (GetElementsFromRequest (AccessResults)) {
- Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &AccessResults, &DefaultResults, NULL);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- if (StringPtr != NULL) {
- *StringPtr = L'&';
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Merge the default sting from IFR code into the got setting from driver.
- //
- if (DefaultResults != NULL) {
- Status = MergeDefaultString (&AccessResults, DefaultResults);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- FreePool (DefaultResults);
- DefaultResults = NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Attach this <ConfigAltResp> to a <MultiConfigAltResp>. There is a '&'
- // which separates the first <ConfigAltResp> and the following ones.
- //
- if (!FirstElement) {
- Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, L"&");
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
- }
-
- Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, AccessResults);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- FirstElement = FALSE;
-
- FreePool (AccessResults);
- AccessResults = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- FreePool (ConfigAccessHandles);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This function processes the results of processing forms and routes it to the
- appropriate handlers or storage.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
- instance.
- @param Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MulltiConfigResp> format.
- @param Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of
- the most recent & before the first failing name /
- value pair (or the beginning of the string if the
- failure is in the first name / value pair) or the
- terminating NULL if all was successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The results have been distributed or are awaiting
- distribution.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the
- results that must be stored awaiting possible
- future protocols.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the Configuration parameter
- would result in this type of error.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not
- found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-HiiConfigRoutingRouteConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- )
-{
- HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING ConfigResp;
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database;
- UINT8 *DevicePathPkg;
- UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath;
- EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle;
- EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess;
- EFI_STRING AccessProgress;
- EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo;
- BOOLEAN IsEfiVarstore;
- UINTN DevicePathSize;
-
- if ((This == NULL) || (Progress == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Configuration == NULL) {
- *Progress = NULL;
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- StringPtr = Configuration;
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- Database = NULL;
- AccessProgress = NULL;
- EfiVarStoreInfo = NULL;
- IsEfiVarstore = FALSE;
-
- //
- // The first element of <MultiConfigResp> should be
- // <GuidHdr>, which is in 'GUID='<Guid> syntax.
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0) {
- //
- // If parsing error, set Progress to the beginning of the <MultiConfigResp>
- // or most recent & before the error.
- //
- if (StringPtr == Configuration) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- } else {
- *Progress = StringPtr - 1;
- }
-
- //
- // Process each <ConfigResp> of <MultiConfigResp>
- //
- Length = CalculateConfigStringLen (StringPtr);
- ConfigResp = AllocateCopyPool ((Length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtr);
- if (ConfigResp == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Append '\0' to the end of ConfigRequest
- //
- *(ConfigResp + Length) = 0;
-
- //
- // Get the UEFI device path
- //
- Status = GetDevicePath (ConfigResp, (UINT8 **)&DevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreePool (ConfigResp);
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Find driver which matches the routing data.
- //
- DriverHandle = NULL;
- for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink;
- Link != &Private->DatabaseList;
- Link = Link->ForwardLink
- )
- {
- Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE);
-
- if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) {
- CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
- DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)CurrentDevicePath);
- if ((CompareMem (DevicePath, CurrentDevicePath, DevicePathSize) == 0) && IsThisPackageList (Database, ConfigResp)) {
- DriverHandle = Database->DriverHandle;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Try to find driver handle by device path.
- //
- if (DriverHandle == NULL) {
- TempDevicePath = DevicePath;
- Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath (
- &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid,
- &TempDevicePath,
- &DriverHandle
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DriverHandle == NULL)) {
- //
- // Routing data does not match any known driver.
- // Set Progress to the 'G' in "GUID" of the routing header.
- //
- FreePool (DevicePath);
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- FreePool (ConfigResp);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- FreePool (DevicePath);
-
- //
- // Check whether this ConfigRequest is search from Efi varstore type storage.
- //
- Status = GetVarStoreType (Database, ConfigResp, &IsEfiVarstore, &EfiVarStoreInfo);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (IsEfiVarstore) {
- //
- // Call the SetVariable function to route settings.
- //
- Status = RouteConfigRespForEfiVarStore (This, EfiVarStoreInfo, ConfigResp, &AccessProgress);
- FreePool (EfiVarStoreInfo);
- } else {
- //
- // Call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to route settings
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- DriverHandle,
- &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid,
- (VOID **)&ConfigAccess
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- FreePool (ConfigResp);
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Status = ConfigAccess->RouteConfig (
- ConfigAccess,
- ConfigResp,
- &AccessProgress
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ASSERT (AccessProgress != NULL);
- //
- // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigResp>.
- // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigResp> then return it.
- //
- *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress);
-
- FreePool (ConfigResp);
- return Status;
- }
-
- FreePool (ConfigResp);
- ConfigResp = NULL;
-
- //
- // Go to next <ConfigResp> (skip '&').
- //
- StringPtr += Length;
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- break;
- }
-
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- This helper function is to be called by drivers to map configuration data
- stored in byte array ("block") formats such as UEFI Variables into current
- configuration strings.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
- instance.
- @param ConfigRequest A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <ConfigRequest> format.
- @param Block Array of bytes defining the block's configuration.
- @param BlockSize Length in bytes of Block.
- @param Config Filled-in configuration string. String allocated
- by the function. Returned only if call is
- successful. It is <ConfigResp> string format.
- @param Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of
- the most recent & before the first failing
- name/value pair (or the beginning of the string if
- the failure is in the first name / value pair) or
- the terminating NULL if all was successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. Progress points to the null
- terminator at the end of the ConfigRequest
- string.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate Config. Progress
- points to the first character of ConfigRequest.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the ConfigRequest or
- Block parameter would result in this type of
- error. Progress points to the first character of
- ConfigRequest.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Block not large enough. Progress undefined.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Encountered non <BlockName> formatted string.
- Block is left updated and Progress points at
- the "&" preceding the first non-<BlockName>.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-HiiBlockToConfig (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING ConfigRequest,
- IN CONST UINT8 *Block,
- IN CONST UINTN BlockSize,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Config,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- )
-{
- HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
- UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN Width;
- UINT8 *Value;
- EFI_STRING ValueStr;
- EFI_STRING ConfigElement;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 *TemBuffer;
- CHAR16 *TemString;
-
- TmpBuffer = NULL;
-
- if ((This == NULL) || (Progress == NULL) || (Config == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((Block == NULL) || (ConfigRequest == NULL)) {
- *Progress = ConfigRequest;
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- ASSERT (Private != NULL);
-
- StringPtr = ConfigRequest;
- ValueStr = NULL;
- Value = NULL;
- ConfigElement = NULL;
-
- //
- // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for
- // Results if this fix length is insufficient.
- //
- *Config = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH);
- if (*Config == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Jump <ConfigHdr>
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr - 1;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != L'&' && *StringPtr != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
-
- AppendToMultiString (Config, ConfigRequest);
- HiiToLower (*Config);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Skip '&'
- //
- StringPtr++;
-
- //
- // Copy <ConfigHdr> and an additional '&' to <ConfigResp>
- //
- TemString = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (CHAR16) * (StringPtr - ConfigRequest + 1), ConfigRequest);
- if (TemString == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- TemString[StringPtr - ConfigRequest] = '\0';
- AppendToMultiString (Config, TemString);
- FreePool (TemString);
-
- //
- // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists
- // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function.
- // <BlockName> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>
- //
- while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"OFFSET=", StrLen (L"OFFSET=")) == 0) {
- //
- // Back up the header of one <BlockName>
- //
- TmpPtr = StringPtr;
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"OFFSET=");
- //
- // Get Offset
- //
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr - 1;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Offset = 0;
- CopyMem (
- &Offset,
- TmpBuffer,
- (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN)
- );
- FreePool (TmpBuffer);
-
- StringPtr += Length;
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr - 1;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH=");
-
- //
- // Get Width
- //
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr - 1;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Width = 0;
- CopyMem (
- &Width,
- TmpBuffer,
- (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN)
- );
- FreePool (TmpBuffer);
-
- StringPtr += Length;
- if ((*StringPtr != 0) && (*StringPtr != L'&')) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr - 1;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- //
- // Calculate Value and convert it to hex string.
- //
- if (Offset + Width > BlockSize) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Value = (UINT8 *)AllocateZeroPool (Width);
- if (Value == NULL) {
- *Progress = ConfigRequest;
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- CopyMem (Value, (UINT8 *)Block + Offset, Width);
-
- Length = Width * 2 + 1;
- ValueStr = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (ValueStr == NULL) {
- *Progress = ConfigRequest;
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- TemString = ValueStr;
- TemBuffer = Value + Width - 1;
- for (Index = 0; Index < Width; Index++, TemBuffer--) {
- UnicodeValueToStringS (
- TemString,
- Length * sizeof (CHAR16) - ((UINTN)TemString - (UINTN)ValueStr),
- PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX,
- *TemBuffer,
- 2
- );
- TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - ((UINTN)TemString - (UINTN)ValueStr) / sizeof (CHAR16));
- }
-
- FreePool (Value);
- Value = NULL;
-
- //
- // Build a ConfigElement
- //
- Length += StringPtr - TmpPtr + 1 + StrLen (L"VALUE=");
- ConfigElement = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (ConfigElement == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- CopyMem (ConfigElement, TmpPtr, (StringPtr - TmpPtr + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- *(ConfigElement + (StringPtr - TmpPtr)) = L'&';
- }
-
- *(ConfigElement + (StringPtr - TmpPtr) + 1) = 0;
- StrCatS (ConfigElement, Length, L"VALUE=");
- StrCatS (ConfigElement, Length, ValueStr);
-
- AppendToMultiString (Config, ConfigElement);
-
- FreePool (ConfigElement);
- FreePool (ValueStr);
- ConfigElement = NULL;
- ValueStr = NULL;
-
- //
- // If '\0', parsing is finished. Otherwise skip '&' to continue
- //
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- break;
- }
-
- AppendToMultiString (Config, L"&");
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr != 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr - 1;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- HiiToLower (*Config);
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Exit:
- if (*Config != NULL) {
- FreePool (*Config);
- *Config = NULL;
- }
-
- if (ValueStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (ValueStr);
- }
-
- if (Value != NULL) {
- FreePool (Value);
- }
-
- if (ConfigElement != NULL) {
- FreePool (ConfigElement);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This helper function is to be called by drivers to map configuration strings
- to configurations stored in byte array ("block") formats such as UEFI Variables.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
- instance.
- @param ConfigResp A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigResp>
- format.
- @param Block A possibly null array of bytes representing the
- current block. Only bytes referenced in the
- ConfigResp string in the block are modified. If
- this parameter is null or if the *BlockSize
- parameter is (on input) shorter than required by
- the Configuration string, only the BlockSize
- parameter is updated and an appropriate status
- (see below) is returned.
- @param BlockSize The length of the Block in units of UINT8. On
- input, this is the size of the Block. On output,
- if successful, contains the largest index of the
- modified byte in the Block, or the required buffer
- size if the Block is not large enough.
- @param Progress On return, points to an element of the ConfigResp
- string filled in with the offset of the most
- recent '&' before the first failing name / value
- pair (or the beginning of the string if the
- failure is in the first name / value pair) or the
- terminating NULL if all was successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. Progress points to the null
- terminator at the end of the ConfigResp string.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate Config. Progress
- points to the first character of ConfigResp.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the ConfigResp or
- Block parameter would result in this type of
- error. Progress points to the first character of
- ConfigResp.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Encountered non <BlockName> formatted name /
- value pair. Block is left updated and
- Progress points at the '&' preceding the first
- non-<BlockName>.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Block not large enough. Progress undefined.
- BlockSize is updated with the required buffer size.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not found.
- Progress points to the "G" in "GUID" of the errant
- routing data.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-HiiConfigToBlock (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING ConfigResp,
- IN OUT UINT8 *Block,
- IN OUT UINTN *BlockSize,
- OUT EFI_STRING *Progress
- )
-{
- HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 *TmpBuffer;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN Width;
- UINT8 *Value;
- UINTN BufferSize;
- UINTN MaxBlockSize;
-
- TmpBuffer = NULL;
-
- if ((This == NULL) || (BlockSize == NULL) || (Progress == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *Progress = ConfigResp;
- if (ConfigResp == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This);
- ASSERT (Private != NULL);
-
- StringPtr = ConfigResp;
- BufferSize = *BlockSize;
- Value = NULL;
- MaxBlockSize = 0;
-
- //
- // Jump <ConfigHdr>
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != L'&' && *StringPtr != 0) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- //
- // Parse each <ConfigElement> if exists
- // Only '&'<BlockConfig> format is supported by this help function.
- // <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE='<Number>
- //
- while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) == 0) {
- TmpPtr = StringPtr;
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET=");
- //
- // Get Offset
- //
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Offset = 0;
- CopyMem (
- &Offset,
- TmpBuffer,
- (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN)
- );
- FreePool (TmpBuffer);
-
- StringPtr += Length;
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH=");
-
- //
- // Get Width
- //
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Width = 0;
- CopyMem (
- &Width,
- TmpBuffer,
- (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN)
- );
- FreePool (TmpBuffer);
-
- StringPtr += Length;
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&VALUE=", StrLen (L"&VALUE=")) != 0) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StringPtr += StrLen (L"&VALUE=");
-
- //
- // Get Value
- //
- Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &Value, &Length);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StringPtr += Length;
- if ((*StringPtr != 0) && (*StringPtr != L'&')) {
- *Progress = TmpPtr;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- //
- // Update the Block with configuration info
- //
- if ((Block != NULL) && (Offset + Width <= BufferSize)) {
- CopyMem (Block + Offset, Value, Width);
- }
-
- if (Offset + Width > MaxBlockSize) {
- MaxBlockSize = Offset + Width;
- }
-
- FreePool (Value);
- Value = NULL;
-
- //
- // If '\0', parsing is finished.
- //
- if (*StringPtr == 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // The input string is not ConfigResp format, return error.
- //
- if (*StringPtr != 0) {
- *Progress = StringPtr;
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- *Progress = StringPtr + StrLen (StringPtr);
- *BlockSize = MaxBlockSize - 1;
-
- if (MaxBlockSize > BufferSize) {
- *BlockSize = MaxBlockSize;
- if (Block != NULL) {
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- }
-
- if (Block == NULL) {
- *Progress = ConfigResp;
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Exit:
-
- if (Value != NULL) {
- FreePool (Value);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- This helper function is to be called by drivers to extract portions of
- a larger configuration string.
-
- @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL
- instance.
- @param Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in
- <MultiConfigAltResp> format.
- @param Guid A pointer to the GUID value to search for in the
- routing portion of the ConfigResp string when
- retrieving the requested data. If Guid is NULL,
- then all GUID values will be searched for.
- @param Name A pointer to the NAME value to search for in the
- routing portion of the ConfigResp string when
- retrieving the requested data. If Name is NULL,
- then all Name values will be searched for.
- @param DevicePath A pointer to the PATH value to search for in the
- routing portion of the ConfigResp string when
- retrieving the requested data. If DevicePath is
- NULL, then all DevicePath values will be searched
- for.
- @param AltCfgId A pointer to the ALTCFG value to search for in the
- routing portion of the ConfigResp string when
- retrieving the requested data. If this parameter
- is NULL, then the current setting will be
- retrieved.
- @param AltCfgResp A pointer to a buffer which will be allocated by
- the function which contains the retrieved string
- as requested. This buffer is only allocated if
- the call was successful. It is <ConfigResp> format.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. The requested data was
- extracted and placed in the newly allocated
- AltCfgResp buffer.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate AltCfgResp.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any parameter is invalid.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not
- found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-HiiGetAltCfg (
- IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN CONST EFI_STRING Name,
- IN CONST EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath,
- IN CONST UINT16 *AltCfgId,
- OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING StringPtr;
- EFI_STRING HdrStart;
- EFI_STRING HdrEnd;
- EFI_STRING TmpPtr;
- UINTN Length;
- EFI_STRING GuidStr;
- EFI_STRING NameStr;
- EFI_STRING PathStr;
- EFI_STRING AltIdStr;
- EFI_STRING Result;
- BOOLEAN GuidFlag;
- BOOLEAN NameFlag;
- BOOLEAN PathFlag;
-
- HdrStart = NULL;
- HdrEnd = NULL;
- GuidStr = NULL;
- NameStr = NULL;
- PathStr = NULL;
- AltIdStr = NULL;
- Result = NULL;
- GuidFlag = FALSE;
- NameFlag = FALSE;
- PathFlag = FALSE;
-
- if ((This == NULL) || (Configuration == NULL) || (AltCfgResp == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- StringPtr = Configuration;
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Generate the sub string for later matching.
- //
- GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)Guid, 1, &GuidStr);
- GenerateSubStr (
- L"PATH=",
- GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)DevicePath),
- (VOID *)DevicePath,
- 1,
- &PathStr
- );
- if (AltCfgId != NULL) {
- GenerateSubStr (L"ALTCFG=", sizeof (UINT16), (VOID *)AltCfgId, 3, &AltIdStr);
- }
-
- if (Name != NULL) {
- GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *)Name, 2, &NameStr);
- } else {
- GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr);
- }
-
- while (*StringPtr != 0) {
- //
- // Try to match the GUID
- //
- if (!GuidFlag) {
- TmpPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, GuidStr);
- if (TmpPtr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- HdrStart = TmpPtr;
-
- //
- // Jump to <NameHdr>
- //
- if (Guid != NULL) {
- StringPtr = TmpPtr + StrLen (GuidStr);
- } else {
- StringPtr = StrStr (TmpPtr, L"NAME=");
- if (StringPtr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Exit;
- }
- }
-
- GuidFlag = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Try to match the NAME
- //
- if (GuidFlag && !NameFlag) {
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, NameStr, StrLen (NameStr)) != 0) {
- GuidFlag = FALSE;
- } else {
- //
- // Jump to <PathHdr>
- //
- if (Name != NULL) {
- StringPtr += StrLen (NameStr);
- } else {
- StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"PATH=");
- if (StringPtr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Exit;
- }
- }
-
- NameFlag = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Try to match the DevicePath
- //
- if (GuidFlag && NameFlag && !PathFlag) {
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, PathStr, StrLen (PathStr)) != 0) {
- GuidFlag = FALSE;
- NameFlag = FALSE;
- } else {
- //
- // Jump to '&' before <DescHdr> or <ConfigBody>
- //
- if (DevicePath != NULL) {
- StringPtr += StrLen (PathStr);
- } else {
- StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&");
- if (StringPtr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- StringPtr++;
- }
-
- PathFlag = TRUE;
- HdrEnd = StringPtr;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Try to match the AltCfgId
- //
- if (GuidFlag && NameFlag && PathFlag) {
- if (AltCfgId == NULL) {
- //
- // Return Current Setting when AltCfgId is NULL.
- //
- Status = OutputConfigBody (StringPtr, &Result);
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- //
- // Search the <ConfigAltResp> to get the <AltResp> with AltCfgId.
- //
- if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, AltIdStr, StrLen (AltIdStr)) != 0) {
- GuidFlag = FALSE;
- NameFlag = FALSE;
- PathFlag = FALSE;
- } else {
- //
- // Skip AltIdStr and &
- //
- StringPtr = StringPtr + StrLen (AltIdStr);
- Status = OutputConfigBody (StringPtr, &Result);
- goto Exit;
- }
- }
- }
-
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
-Exit:
- *AltCfgResp = NULL;
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Result != NULL)) {
- //
- // Copy the <ConfigHdr> and <ConfigBody>
- //
- Length = HdrEnd - HdrStart + StrLen (Result) + 1;
- *AltCfgResp = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- } else {
- StrnCpyS (*AltCfgResp, Length, HdrStart, HdrEnd - HdrStart);
- StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, Length, Result);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- if (GuidStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (GuidStr);
- }
-
- if (NameStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (NameStr);
- }
-
- if (PathStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (PathStr);
- }
-
- if (AltIdStr != NULL) {
- FreePool (AltIdStr);
- }
-
- if (Result != NULL) {
- FreePool (Result);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
+/** @file +Implementation of interfaces function for EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL. + +Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR> +SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent + +**/ + +#include "HiiDatabase.h" +extern HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA mPrivate; + +/** + Calculate the number of Unicode characters of the incoming Configuration string, + not including NULL terminator. + + This is a internal function. + + @param String String in <MultiConfigRequest> or + <MultiConfigResp> format. + + @return The number of Unicode characters. + +**/ +UINTN +CalculateConfigStringLen ( + IN EFI_STRING String + ) +{ + EFI_STRING TmpPtr; + + // + // "GUID=" should be the first element of incoming string. + // + ASSERT (String != NULL); + ASSERT (StrnCmp (String, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0); + + // + // The beginning of next <ConfigRequest>/<ConfigResp> should be "&GUID=". + // Will meet '\0' if there is only one <ConfigRequest>/<ConfigResp>. + // + TmpPtr = StrStr (String, L"&GUID="); + if (TmpPtr == NULL) { + return StrLen (String); + } + + return (TmpPtr - String); +} + +/** + Convert the hex UNICODE %02x encoding of a UEFI device path to binary + from <PathHdr> of <ConfigHdr>. + + This is a internal function. + + @param String UEFI configuration string + @param DevicePathData Binary of a UEFI device path. + + @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The device path is not invalid. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any incoming parameter is invalid. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Lake of resources to store necessary structures. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device path is retrieved and translated to + binary format. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +GetDevicePath ( + IN EFI_STRING String, + OUT UINT8 **DevicePathData + ) +{ + UINTN Length; + EFI_STRING PathHdr; + UINT8 *DevicePathBuffer; + CHAR16 TemStr[2]; + UINTN Index; + UINT8 DigitUint8; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath; + + if ((String == NULL) || (DevicePathData == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + // + // Find the 'PATH=' of <PathHdr> and skip it. + // + for ( ; (*String != 0 && StrnCmp (String, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0); String++) { + } + + if (*String == 0) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + // + // Check whether path data does exist. + // + String += StrLen (L"PATH="); + if (*String == 0) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + PathHdr = String; + + // + // The content between 'PATH=' of <ConfigHdr> and '&' of next element + // or '\0' (end of configuration string) is the UNICODE %02x bytes encoding + // of UEFI device path. + // + for (Length = 0; *String != 0 && *String != L'&'; String++, Length++) { + } + + // + // Check DevicePath Length + // + if (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL)) { + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + + // + // The data in <PathHdr> is encoded as hex UNICODE %02x bytes in the same order + // as the device path resides in RAM memory. + // Translate the data into binary. + // + DevicePathBuffer = (UINT8 *)AllocateZeroPool ((Length + 1) / 2); + if (DevicePathBuffer == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + // + // Convert DevicePath + // + ZeroMem (TemStr, sizeof (TemStr)); + for (Index = 0; Index < Length; Index++) { + TemStr[0] = PathHdr[Index]; + DigitUint8 = (UINT8)StrHexToUint64 (TemStr); + if ((Index & 1) == 0) { + DevicePathBuffer[Index/2] = DigitUint8; + } else { + DevicePathBuffer[Index/2] = (UINT8)((DevicePathBuffer[Index/2] << 4) + DigitUint8); + } + } + + // + // Validate DevicePath + // + DevicePath = (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)DevicePathBuffer; + while (!IsDevicePathEnd (DevicePath)) { + if ((DevicePath->Type == 0) || (DevicePath->SubType == 0) || (DevicePathNodeLength (DevicePath) < sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL))) { + // + // Invalid device path + // + FreePool (DevicePathBuffer); + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + + DevicePath = NextDevicePathNode (DevicePath); + } + + // + // return the device path + // + *DevicePathData = DevicePathBuffer; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + Converts the unicode character of the string from uppercase to lowercase. + This is a internal function. + + @param ConfigString String to be converted + +**/ +VOID +EFIAPI +HiiToLower ( + IN EFI_STRING ConfigString + ) +{ + EFI_STRING String; + BOOLEAN Lower; + + ASSERT (ConfigString != NULL); + + // + // Convert all hex digits in range [A-F] in the configuration header to [a-f] + // + for (String = ConfigString, Lower = FALSE; *String != L'\0'; String++) { + if (*String == L'=') { + Lower = TRUE; + } else if (*String == L'&') { + Lower = FALSE; + } else if (Lower && (*String >= L'A') && (*String <= L'F')) { + *String = (CHAR16)(*String - L'A' + L'a'); + } + } + + return; +} + +/** + Generate a sub string then output it. + + This is a internal function. + + @param String A constant string which is the prefix of the to be + generated string, e.g. GUID= + + @param BufferLen The length of the Buffer in bytes. + + @param Buffer Points to a buffer which will be converted to be the + content of the generated string. + + @param Flag If 1, the buffer contains data for the value of GUID or PATH stored in + UINT8 *; if 2, the buffer contains unicode string for the value of NAME; + if 3, the buffer contains other data. + + @param SubStr Points to the output string. It's caller's + responsibility to free this buffer. + + +**/ +VOID +GenerateSubStr ( + IN CONST EFI_STRING String, + IN UINTN BufferLen, + IN VOID *Buffer, + IN UINT8 Flag, + OUT EFI_STRING *SubStr + ) +{ + UINTN Length; + EFI_STRING Str; + EFI_STRING StringHeader; + CHAR16 *TemString; + CHAR16 *TemName; + UINT8 *TemBuffer; + UINTN Index; + + ASSERT (String != NULL && SubStr != NULL); + + if (Buffer == NULL) { + *SubStr = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (String), String); + ASSERT (*SubStr != NULL); + return; + } + + // + // Header + Data + '&' + '\0' + // + Length = StrLen (String) + BufferLen * 2 + 1 + 1; + Str = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)); + ASSERT (Str != NULL); + + StrCpyS (Str, Length, String); + + StringHeader = Str + StrLen (String); + TemString = (CHAR16 *)StringHeader; + + switch (Flag) { + case 1: + // + // Convert Buffer to Hex String in reverse order + // + TemBuffer = ((UINT8 *)Buffer); + for (Index = 0; Index < BufferLen; Index++, TemBuffer++) { + UnicodeValueToStringS ( + TemString, + sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)), + PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX, + *TemBuffer, + 2 + ); + TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)); + } + + break; + case 2: + // + // Check buffer is enough + // + TemName = (CHAR16 *)Buffer; + ASSERT ((BufferLen * 2 + 1) >= (StrLen (TemName) * 4 + 1)); + // + // Convert Unicode String to Config String, e.g. "ABCD" => "0041004200430044" + // + for ( ; *TemName != L'\0'; TemName++) { + UnicodeValueToStringS ( + TemString, + sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)), + PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX, + *TemName, + 4 + ); + TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)); + } + + break; + case 3: + // + // Convert Buffer to Hex String + // + TemBuffer = ((UINT8 *)Buffer) + BufferLen - 1; + for (Index = 0; Index < BufferLen; Index++, TemBuffer--) { + UnicodeValueToStringS ( + TemString, + sizeof (CHAR16) * (Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)), + PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX, + *TemBuffer, + 2 + ); + TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - StrnLenS (Str, Length)); + } + + break; + default: + break; + } + + // + // Convert the uppercase to lowercase since <HexAf> is defined in lowercase format. + // + StrCatS (Str, Length, L"&"); + HiiToLower (Str); + + *SubStr = Str; +} + +/** + Retrieve the <ConfigBody> from String then output it. + + This is a internal function. + + @param String A sub string of a configuration string in + <MultiConfigAltResp> format. + @param ConfigBody Points to the output string. It's caller's + responsibility to free this buffer. + + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER There is no form package in current hii database. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to finish this operation. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS All existing storage is exported. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +OutputConfigBody ( + IN EFI_STRING String, + OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigBody + ) +{ + EFI_STRING TmpPtr; + EFI_STRING Result; + UINTN Length; + + if ((String == NULL) || (ConfigBody == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + // + // The setting information should start OFFSET, not ALTCFG. + // + if (StrnCmp (String, L"&ALTCFG=", StrLen (L"&ALTCFG=")) == 0) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + TmpPtr = StrStr (String, L"GUID="); + if (TmpPtr == NULL) { + // + // It is the last <ConfigResp> of the incoming configuration string. + // + Result = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (String), String); + if (Result == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } else { + *ConfigBody = Result; + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + Length = TmpPtr - String; + if (Length == 0) { + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + + Result = AllocateCopyPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16), String); + if (Result == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + *(Result + Length - 1) = 0; + *ConfigBody = Result; + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + Append a string to a multi-string format. + + This is a internal function. + + @param MultiString String in <MultiConfigRequest>, + <MultiConfigAltResp>, or <MultiConfigResp>. On + input, the buffer length of this string is + MAX_STRING_LENGTH. On output, the buffer length + might be updated. + @param AppendString NULL-terminated Unicode string. + + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any incoming parameter is invalid. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS AppendString is append to the end of MultiString + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +AppendToMultiString ( + IN OUT EFI_STRING *MultiString, + IN EFI_STRING AppendString + ) +{ + UINTN AppendStringSize; + UINTN MultiStringSize; + UINTN MaxLen; + + if ((MultiString == NULL) || (*MultiString == NULL) || (AppendString == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + AppendStringSize = StrSize (AppendString); + MultiStringSize = StrSize (*MultiString); + MaxLen = MAX_STRING_LENGTH / sizeof (CHAR16); + + // + // Enlarge the buffer each time when length exceeds MAX_STRING_LENGTH. + // + if ((MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize > MAX_STRING_LENGTH) || + (MultiStringSize > MAX_STRING_LENGTH)) + { + *MultiString = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool ( + MultiStringSize, + MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize, + (VOID *)(*MultiString) + ); + MaxLen = (MultiStringSize + AppendStringSize) / sizeof (CHAR16); + ASSERT (*MultiString != NULL); + } + + // + // Append the incoming string + // + StrCatS (*MultiString, MaxLen, AppendString); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + Get the value of <Number> in <BlockConfig> format, i.e. the value of OFFSET + or WIDTH or VALUE. + <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE'=<Number> + + This is a internal function. + + @param StringPtr String in <BlockConfig> format and points to the + first character of <Number>. + @param Number The output value. Caller takes the responsibility + to free memory. + @param Len Length of the <Number>, in characters. + + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary + structures. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS Value of <Number> is outputted in Number + successfully. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +GetValueOfNumber ( + IN EFI_STRING StringPtr, + OUT UINT8 **Number, + OUT UINTN *Len + ) +{ + EFI_STRING TmpPtr; + UINTN Length; + EFI_STRING Str; + UINT8 *Buf; + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINT8 DigitUint8; + UINTN Index; + CHAR16 TemStr[2]; + + if ((StringPtr == NULL) || (*StringPtr == L'\0') || (Number == NULL) || (Len == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + Buf = NULL; + + TmpPtr = StringPtr; + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') { + StringPtr++; + } + + *Len = StringPtr - TmpPtr; + Length = *Len + 1; + + Str = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (Str == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + CopyMem (Str, TmpPtr, *Len * sizeof (CHAR16)); + *(Str + *Len) = L'\0'; + + Length = (Length + 1) / 2; + Buf = (UINT8 *)AllocateZeroPool (Length); + if (Buf == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + Length = *Len; + ZeroMem (TemStr, sizeof (TemStr)); + for (Index = 0; Index < Length; Index++) { + TemStr[0] = Str[Length - Index - 1]; + DigitUint8 = (UINT8)StrHexToUint64 (TemStr); + if ((Index & 1) == 0) { + Buf[Index/2] = DigitUint8; + } else { + Buf[Index/2] = (UINT8)((DigitUint8 << 4) + Buf[Index/2]); + } + } + + *Number = Buf; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + +Exit: + if (Str != NULL) { + FreePool (Str); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + To find the BlockName in the string with same value. + + @param String Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string. + @param BlockName Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string to search for. + @param Buffer Pointer to the value correspond to the BlockName. + @param Found The Block whether has been found. + @param BufferLen The length of the buffer. + + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +FindSameBlockElement ( + IN EFI_STRING String, + IN EFI_STRING BlockName, + IN UINT8 *Buffer, + OUT BOOLEAN *Found, + IN UINTN BufferLen + ) +{ + EFI_STRING BlockPtr; + UINTN Length; + UINT8 *TempBuffer; + EFI_STATUS Status; + + TempBuffer = NULL; + *Found = FALSE; + BlockPtr = StrStr (String, BlockName); + + while (BlockPtr != NULL) { + BlockPtr += StrLen (BlockName); + Status = GetValueOfNumber (BlockPtr, &TempBuffer, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + return Status; + } + + ASSERT (TempBuffer != NULL); + if ((BufferLen == Length) && (0 == CompareMem (Buffer, TempBuffer, Length))) { + *Found = TRUE; + FreePool (TempBuffer); + TempBuffer = NULL; + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } else { + FreePool (TempBuffer); + TempBuffer = NULL; + BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, BlockName); + } + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + Compare the <AltResp> in ConfigAltResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp> + in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in ConfigAltResp,add it to the ConfigAltResp. + + @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value + string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp + string for the different varstore buffer. + @param ConfigAltResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigAltResp> format. + @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format. + @param ConfigAltRespChanged Whether the ConfigAltResp has been changed. + + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +CompareBlockElementDefault ( + IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp, + IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigAltResp, + IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr, + IN OUT BOOLEAN *ConfigAltRespChanged + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_STRING BlockPtr; + EFI_STRING BlockPtrStart; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING AppendString; + EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtr; + UINT8 *TempBuffer; + UINTN OffsetLength; + UINTN AppendSize; + UINTN TotalSize; + BOOLEAN FoundOffset; + + AppendString = NULL; + TempBuffer = NULL; + // + // Make BlockPtr point to the first <BlockConfig> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + AltConfigHdrPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr); + ASSERT (AltConfigHdrPtr != NULL); + BlockPtr = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr, L"&OFFSET="); + // + // Make StringPtr point to the AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp. + // + StringPtr = StrStr (*ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr); + ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL); + + while (BlockPtr != NULL) { + // + // Find the "&OFFSET=<Number>" block and get the value of the Number with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + BlockPtrStart = BlockPtr; + BlockPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET="); + Status = GetValueOfNumber (BlockPtr, &TempBuffer, &OffsetLength); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + // + // To find the same "&OFFSET=<Number>" block in ConfigAltResp. + // + Status = FindSameBlockElement (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", TempBuffer, &FoundOffset, OffsetLength); + if (TempBuffer != NULL) { + FreePool (TempBuffer); + TempBuffer = NULL; + } + + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + if (!FoundOffset) { + // + // Don't find the same "&OFFSET=<Number>" block in ConfigAltResp. + // Calculate the size of <BlockConfig>. + // <BlockConfig>::='OFFSET='<Number>'&WIDTH='<Number>'&VALUE='<Number>. + // + BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, L"&OFFSET="); + if (BlockPtr != NULL) { + AppendSize = (BlockPtr - BlockPtrStart) * sizeof (CHAR16); + } else { + AppendSize = StrSize (BlockPtrStart); + } + + // + // Copy the <BlockConfig> to AppendString. + // + if (AppendString == NULL) { + AppendString = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16)); + StrnCatS (AppendString, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16) + 1, BlockPtrStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16)); + } else { + TotalSize = StrSize (AppendString) + AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16); + AppendString = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool ( + StrSize (AppendString), + TotalSize, + AppendString + ); + if (AppendString == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + StrnCatS (AppendString, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), BlockPtrStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16)); + } + } else { + // + // To find next "&OFFSET=<Number>" block with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + BlockPtr = StrStr (BlockPtr + 1, L"&OFFSET="); + } + } + + if (AppendString != NULL) { + // + // Reallocate ConfigAltResp to copy the AppendString. + // + TotalSize = StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16); + *ConfigAltResp = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool ( + StrSize (*ConfigAltResp), + TotalSize, + *ConfigAltResp + ); + if (*ConfigAltResp == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + StrCatS (*ConfigAltResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), AppendString); + *ConfigAltRespChanged = TRUE; + } + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + +Exit: + if (AppendString != NULL) { + FreePool (AppendString); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + Compare the <AltResp> in ConfigAltResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp> + in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in ConfigAltResp,add it to the ConfigAltResp. + + @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value + string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp + string for the different varstore buffer. + @param ConfigAltResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigAltResp> format. + @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format. + @param ConfigAltRespChanged Whether the ConfigAltResp has been changed. + + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary structures. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +CompareNameElementDefault ( + IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp, + IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigAltResp, + IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr, + IN OUT BOOLEAN *ConfigAltRespChanged + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_STRING NvConfigPtr; + EFI_STRING NvConfigStart; + EFI_STRING NvConfigValuePtr; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING NvConfigExist; + EFI_STRING AppendString; + CHAR16 TempChar; + UINTN AppendSize; + UINTN TotalSize; + + AppendString = NULL; + NvConfigExist = NULL; + // + // Make NvConfigPtr point to the first <NvConfig> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + NvConfigPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr); + ASSERT (NvConfigPtr != NULL); + NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + StrLen (AltConfigHdr), L"&"); + // + // Make StringPtr point to the first <NvConfig> with AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp. + // + StringPtr = StrStr (*ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr); + ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL); + StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr + StrLen (AltConfigHdr), L"&"); + ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL); + + while (NvConfigPtr != NULL) { + // + // <NvConfig> ::= <Label>'='<String> | <Label>'='<Number>. + // Get the <Label> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + NvConfigStart = NvConfigPtr; + NvConfigValuePtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"="); + ASSERT (NvConfigValuePtr != NULL); + TempChar = *NvConfigValuePtr; + *NvConfigValuePtr = L'\0'; + // + // Get the <Label> with AltConfigHdr in ConfigAltResp. + // + NvConfigExist = StrStr (StringPtr, NvConfigPtr); + if (NvConfigExist == NULL) { + // + // Don't find same <Label> in ConfigAltResp. + // Calculate the size of <NvConfig>. + // + *NvConfigValuePtr = TempChar; + NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"&"); + if (NvConfigPtr != NULL) { + AppendSize = (NvConfigPtr - NvConfigStart) * sizeof (CHAR16); + } else { + AppendSize = StrSize (NvConfigStart); + } + + // + // Copy the <NvConfig> to AppendString. + // + if (AppendString == NULL) { + AppendString = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16)); + StrnCatS (AppendString, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16) + 1, NvConfigStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16)); + } else { + TotalSize = StrSize (AppendString) + AppendSize + sizeof (CHAR16); + AppendString = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool ( + StrSize (AppendString), + TotalSize, + AppendString + ); + if (AppendString == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + StrnCatS (AppendString, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), NvConfigStart, AppendSize / sizeof (CHAR16)); + } + } else { + // + // To find next <Label> in DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + *NvConfigValuePtr = TempChar; + NvConfigPtr = StrStr (NvConfigPtr + 1, L"&"); + } + } + + if (AppendString != NULL) { + // + // Reallocate ConfigAltResp to copy the AppendString. + // + TotalSize = StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16); + *ConfigAltResp = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool ( + StrSize (*ConfigAltResp), + StrSize (*ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (AppendString) + sizeof (CHAR16), + *ConfigAltResp + ); + if (*ConfigAltResp == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + StrCatS (*ConfigAltResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), AppendString); + *ConfigAltRespChanged = TRUE; + } + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + +Exit: + if (AppendString != NULL) { + FreePool (AppendString); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + Compare the <AltResp> in AltCfgResp and DefaultAltCfgResp, if the <AltResp> + in DefaultAltCfgResp but not in AltCfgResp,add it to the AltCfgResp. + + @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigAltResp> format. + @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value + string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp + string for the different varstore buffer. + @param AltConfigHdr Pointer to a Unicode string in <AltConfigHdr> format. + + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Insufficient resources to store necessary + structures. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function finishes successfully. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +CompareAndMergeDefaultString ( + IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp, + IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp, + IN EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_STRING AltCfgRespBackup; + EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtr; + EFI_STRING AltConfigHdrPtrNext; + EFI_STRING ConfigAltResp; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING StringPtrNext; + EFI_STRING BlockPtr; + UINTN ReallocateSize; + CHAR16 TempChar; + CHAR16 TempCharA; + BOOLEAN ConfigAltRespChanged; + + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + BlockPtr = NULL; + AltConfigHdrPtrNext = NULL; + StringPtrNext = NULL; + ConfigAltResp = NULL; + AltCfgRespBackup = NULL; + TempChar = L'\0'; + TempCharA = L'\0'; + ConfigAltRespChanged = FALSE; + + // + // To find the <AltResp> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp, ignore other <AltResp> which follow it. + // + AltConfigHdrPtr = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr); + ASSERT (AltConfigHdrPtr != NULL); + AltConfigHdrPtrNext = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr + 1, L"&GUID"); + if (AltConfigHdrPtrNext != NULL) { + TempChar = *AltConfigHdrPtrNext; + *AltConfigHdrPtrNext = L'\0'; + } + + // + // To find the <AltResp> with AltConfigHdr in AltCfgResp, ignore other <AltResp> which follow it. + // + StringPtr = StrStr (*AltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr); + ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL); + StringPtrNext = StrStr (StringPtr + 1, L"&GUID"); + if (StringPtrNext != NULL) { + TempCharA = *StringPtrNext; + *StringPtrNext = L'\0'; + } + + // + // Copy the content of <ConfigAltResp> which contain current AltConfigHdr in AltCfgResp. + // + ConfigAltResp = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (*AltCfgResp), *AltCfgResp); + if (ConfigAltResp == NULL) { + goto Exit; + } + + // + // To find the <ConfigBody> with AltConfigHdr in DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + BlockPtr = StrStr (AltConfigHdrPtr, L"&OFFSET="); + if (BlockPtr != NULL) { + // + // <BlockConfig>::='OFFSET='<Number>'&WIDTH='<Number>'&VALUE='<Number> style. + // Call function CompareBlockElementDefault to compare the <BlockConfig> in DefaultAltCfgResp and ConfigAltResp. + // The ConfigAltResp which may contain the new <BlockConfig> get from DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + Status = CompareBlockElementDefault (DefaultAltCfgResp, &ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr, &ConfigAltRespChanged); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Exit; + } + } else { + // + // <NvConfig> ::= <Label>'='<String> | <Label>'='<Number> style. + // Call function CompareNameElementDefault to compare the <NvConfig> in DefaultAltCfgResp and ConfigAltResp. + // The ConfigAltResp which may contain the new <NvConfig> get from DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + Status = CompareNameElementDefault (DefaultAltCfgResp, &ConfigAltResp, AltConfigHdr, &ConfigAltRespChanged); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Exit; + } + } + + // + // Restore the AltCfgResp. + // + if (StringPtrNext != NULL) { + *StringPtrNext = TempCharA; + } + + // + // If the ConfigAltResp has no change,no need to update the content in AltCfgResp. + // + if (!ConfigAltRespChanged) { + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + goto Exit; + } + + // + // ConfigAltResp has been changed, need to update the content in AltCfgResp. + // + if (StringPtrNext != NULL) { + ReallocateSize = StrSize (ConfigAltResp) + StrSize (StringPtrNext) + sizeof (CHAR16); + } else { + ReallocateSize = StrSize (ConfigAltResp) + sizeof (CHAR16); + } + + AltCfgRespBackup = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (ReallocateSize); + if (AltCfgRespBackup == NULL) { + goto Exit; + } + + StrCatS (AltCfgRespBackup, ReallocateSize / sizeof (CHAR16), ConfigAltResp); + if (StringPtrNext != NULL) { + StrCatS (AltCfgRespBackup, ReallocateSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrNext); + } + + FreePool (*AltCfgResp); + *AltCfgResp = AltCfgRespBackup; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + +Exit: + if (ConfigAltResp != NULL) { + FreePool (ConfigAltResp); + } + + // + // Restore the DefaultAltCfgResp. + // + if ( AltConfigHdrPtrNext != NULL) { + *AltConfigHdrPtrNext = TempChar; + AltConfigHdrPtrNext = NULL; + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + This function merges DefaultAltCfgResp string into AltCfgResp string for + the missing AltCfgId in AltCfgResq. + + @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigAltResp> format. The default value string + will be merged into it. + @param DefaultAltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <MultiConfigAltResp> format. The default value + string may contain more than one ConfigAltResp + string for the different varstore buffer. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The merged string returns. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER *AltCfgResp is to NULL. +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +MergeDefaultString ( + IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp, + IN EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp + ) +{ + EFI_STRING StringPtrDefault; + EFI_STRING StringPtrEnd; + CHAR16 TempChar; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING AltConfigHdr; + UINTN HeaderLength; + UINTN SizeAltCfgResp; + UINTN MaxLen; + UINTN TotalSize; + + if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + // + // Get the request ConfigHdr + // + SizeAltCfgResp = 0; + StringPtr = *AltCfgResp; + + // + // Find <ConfigHdr> GUID=...&NAME=...&PATH=... + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH="); + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') { + StringPtr++; + } + + HeaderLength = StringPtr - *AltCfgResp; + + // + // Construct AltConfigHdr string "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX\0" + // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 | 1 | + // + MaxLen = 1 + HeaderLength + 8 + 4 + 1; + AltConfigHdr = AllocateZeroPool (MaxLen * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (AltConfigHdr == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + StrCpyS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, L"&"); + StrnCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, *AltCfgResp, HeaderLength); + StrCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, L"&ALTCFG="); + HeaderLength = StrLen (AltConfigHdr); + + StringPtrDefault = StrStr (DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr); + while (StringPtrDefault != NULL) { + // + // Get AltCfg Name + // + StrnCatS (AltConfigHdr, MaxLen, StringPtrDefault + HeaderLength, 4); + StringPtr = StrStr (*AltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr); + + // + // Append the found default value string to the input AltCfgResp + // + if (StringPtr == NULL) { + StringPtrEnd = StrStr (StringPtrDefault + 1, L"&GUID"); + SizeAltCfgResp = StrSize (*AltCfgResp); + if (StringPtrEnd == NULL) { + // + // No more default string is found. + // + TotalSize = SizeAltCfgResp + StrSize (StringPtrDefault); + *AltCfgResp = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool ( + SizeAltCfgResp, + TotalSize, + (VOID *)(*AltCfgResp) + ); + if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) { + FreePool (AltConfigHdr); + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrDefault); + break; + } else { + TempChar = *StringPtrEnd; + *StringPtrEnd = L'\0'; + TotalSize = SizeAltCfgResp + StrSize (StringPtrDefault); + *AltCfgResp = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool ( + SizeAltCfgResp, + TotalSize, + (VOID *)(*AltCfgResp) + ); + if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) { + FreePool (AltConfigHdr); + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, TotalSize / sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtrDefault); + *StringPtrEnd = TempChar; + } + } else { + // + // The AltCfgResp contains <AltCfgResp>. + // If the <ConfigElement> in <AltCfgResp> in the DefaultAltCfgResp but not in the + // related <AltCfgResp> in AltCfgResp, merge it to AltCfgResp. else no need to merge. + // + CompareAndMergeDefaultString (AltCfgResp, DefaultAltCfgResp, AltConfigHdr); + } + + // + // Find next AltCfg String + // + *(AltConfigHdr + HeaderLength) = L'\0'; + StringPtrDefault = StrStr (StringPtrDefault + 1, AltConfigHdr); + } + + FreePool (AltConfigHdr); + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + This function inserts new DefaultValueData into the BlockData DefaultValue array. + + @param BlockData The BlockData is updated to add new default value. + @param DefaultValueData The DefaultValue is added. + +**/ +VOID +InsertDefaultValue ( + IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData, + IN IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData + ) +{ + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueArray; + LIST_ENTRY *DefaultLink; + + DefaultLink = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry; + + for (Link = DefaultLink->ForwardLink; Link != DefaultLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + DefaultValueArray = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + if (DefaultValueArray->DefaultId == DefaultValueData->DefaultId) { + // + // DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_OPCODE has high priority, DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_DEFAULT has low priority. + // When default types are DEFAULT_VALUE_FROM_OTHER_DEFAULT, the default value can be overrode. + // + if ((DefaultValueData->Type > DefaultValueArray->Type) || ((DefaultValueData->Type == DefaultValueArray->Type) && (DefaultValueData->Type == DefaultValueFromOtherDefault))) { + // + // Update the default value array in BlockData. + // + CopyMem (&DefaultValueArray->Value, &DefaultValueData->Value, sizeof (EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE)); + DefaultValueArray->Type = DefaultValueData->Type; + DefaultValueArray->Cleaned = DefaultValueData->Cleaned; + } + + return; + } + } + + // + // Insert new default value data in tail. + // + DefaultValueArray = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA)); + ASSERT (DefaultValueArray != NULL); + CopyMem (DefaultValueArray, DefaultValueData, sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA)); + InsertTailList (Link, &DefaultValueArray->Entry); +} + +/** + This function inserts new BlockData into the block link + + @param BlockLink The list entry points to block array. + @param BlockData The point to BlockData is added. + +**/ +VOID +InsertBlockData ( + IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink, + IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA **BlockData + ) +{ + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockArray; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockSingleData; + + BlockSingleData = *BlockData; + + if (BlockSingleData->Name != NULL) { + InsertTailList (BlockLink, &BlockSingleData->Entry); + return; + } + + // + // Insert block data in its Offset and Width order. + // + for (Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + BlockArray = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + if (BlockArray->Offset == BlockSingleData->Offset) { + if ((BlockArray->Width > BlockSingleData->Width) || (BlockSingleData->IsBitVar && (BlockArray->Width == BlockSingleData->Width))) { + // + // Insert this block data in the front of block array + // + InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry); + return; + } + + if ((!BlockSingleData->IsBitVar) && (BlockArray->Width == BlockSingleData->Width)) { + // + // The same block array has been added. + // + if (BlockSingleData != BlockArray) { + FreePool (BlockSingleData); + *BlockData = BlockArray; + } + + return; + } + } else if (BlockArray->Offset > BlockSingleData->Offset) { + // + // Insert new block data in the front of block array + // + InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry); + return; + } + } + + // + // Add new block data into the tail. + // + InsertTailList (Link, &BlockSingleData->Entry); +} + +/** + Retrieves a pointer to the a Null-terminated ASCII string containing the list + of languages that an HII handle in the HII Database supports. The returned + string is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible for freeing + the returned string using FreePool(). The format of the returned string follows + the language format assumed the HII Database. + + If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT(). + + @param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the HII Database. + + @retval NULL HiiHandle is not registered in the HII database + @retval NULL There are not enough resources available to retrieve the supported + languages. + @retval NULL The list of supported languages could not be retrieved. + @retval Other A pointer to the Null-terminated ASCII string of supported languages. + +**/ +CHAR8 * +GetSupportedLanguages ( + IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINTN LanguageSize; + CHAR8 TempSupportedLanguages; + CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages; + + ASSERT (HiiHandle != NULL); + + // + // Retrieve the size required for the supported languages buffer. + // + LanguageSize = 0; + Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetLanguages (&mPrivate.HiiString, HiiHandle, &TempSupportedLanguages, &LanguageSize); + + // + // If GetLanguages() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size, + // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetLanguages() + // returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then HiiHandle is not present + // in the HII Database + // + if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) { + // + // Return NULL if the size can not be retrieved, or if HiiHandle is not in the HII Database + // + return NULL; + } + + // + // Allocate the supported languages buffer. + // + SupportedLanguages = AllocateZeroPool (LanguageSize); + if (SupportedLanguages == NULL) { + // + // Return NULL if allocation fails. + // + return NULL; + } + + // + // Retrieve the supported languages string + // + Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetLanguages (&mPrivate.HiiString, HiiHandle, SupportedLanguages, &LanguageSize); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // Free the buffer and return NULL if the supported languages can not be retrieved. + // + FreePool (SupportedLanguages); + return NULL; + } + + // + // Return the Null-terminated ASCII string of supported languages + // + return SupportedLanguages; +} + +/** + Retrieves a string from a string package. + + If HiiHandle is NULL, then ASSERT(). + If StringId is 0, then ASSET. + + @param[in] HiiHandle A handle that was previously registered in the HII Database. + @param[in] StringId The identifier of the string to retrieved from the string + package associated with HiiHandle. + + @retval NULL The string specified by StringId is not present in the string package. + @retval Other The string was returned. + +**/ +EFI_STRING +InternalGetString ( + IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle, + IN EFI_STRING_ID StringId + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINTN StringSize; + CHAR16 TempString; + EFI_STRING String; + CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages; + CHAR8 *PlatformLanguage; + CHAR8 *BestLanguage; + CHAR8 *Language; + + ASSERT (HiiHandle != NULL); + ASSERT (StringId != 0); + + // + // Initialize all allocated buffers to NULL + // + SupportedLanguages = NULL; + PlatformLanguage = NULL; + BestLanguage = NULL; + String = NULL; + Language = ""; + + // + // Get the languages that the package specified by HiiHandle supports + // + SupportedLanguages = GetSupportedLanguages (HiiHandle); + if (SupportedLanguages == NULL) { + goto Error; + } + + // + // Get the current platform language setting + // + GetEfiGlobalVariable2 (L"PlatformLang", (VOID **)&PlatformLanguage, NULL); + + // + // Get the best matching language from SupportedLanguages + // + BestLanguage = GetBestLanguage ( + SupportedLanguages, + FALSE, // RFC 4646 mode + Language, // Highest priority + PlatformLanguage != NULL ? PlatformLanguage : "", // Next highest priority + SupportedLanguages, // Lowest priority + NULL + ); + if (BestLanguage == NULL) { + goto Error; + } + + // + // Retrieve the size of the string in the string package for the BestLanguage + // + StringSize = 0; + Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetString ( + &mPrivate.HiiString, + BestLanguage, + HiiHandle, + StringId, + &TempString, + &StringSize, + NULL + ); + // + // If GetString() returns EFI_SUCCESS for a zero size, + // then there are no supported languages registered for HiiHandle. If GetString() + // returns an error other than EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, then HiiHandle is not present + // in the HII Database + // + if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) { + goto Error; + } + + // + // Allocate a buffer for the return string + // + String = AllocateZeroPool (StringSize); + if (String == NULL) { + goto Error; + } + + // + // Retrieve the string from the string package + // + Status = mPrivate.HiiString.GetString ( + &mPrivate.HiiString, + BestLanguage, + HiiHandle, + StringId, + String, + &StringSize, + NULL + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // Free the buffer and return NULL if the supported languages can not be retrieved. + // + FreePool (String); + String = NULL; + } + +Error: + // + // Free allocated buffers + // + if (SupportedLanguages != NULL) { + FreePool (SupportedLanguages); + } + + if (PlatformLanguage != NULL) { + FreePool (PlatformLanguage); + } + + if (BestLanguage != NULL) { + FreePool (BestLanguage); + } + + // + // Return the Null-terminated Unicode string + // + return String; +} + +/** + This function checks VarOffset and VarWidth is in the block range. + + @param RequestBlockArray The block array is to be checked. + @param VarOffset Offset of var to the structure + @param VarWidth Width of var. + @param IsNameValueType Whether this varstore is name/value varstore or not. + @param HiiHandle Hii handle for this hii package. + + @retval TRUE This Var is in the block range. + @retval FALSE This Var is not in the block range. +**/ +BOOLEAN +BlockArrayCheck ( + IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray, + IN UINT16 VarOffset, + IN UINT16 VarWidth, + IN BOOLEAN IsNameValueType, + IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle + ) +{ + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + EFI_STRING Name; + + // + // No Request Block array, all vars are got. + // + if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) { + return TRUE; + } + + // + // Check the input var is in the request block range. + // + for (Link = RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &RequestBlockArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + + if (IsNameValueType) { + Name = InternalGetString (HiiHandle, VarOffset); + ASSERT (Name != NULL); + + if (StrnCmp (BlockData->Name, Name, StrLen (Name)) == 0) { + FreePool (Name); + return TRUE; + } + + FreePool (Name); + } else { + if ((VarOffset >= BlockData->Offset) && ((VarOffset + VarWidth) <= (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width))) { + return TRUE; + } + } + } + + return FALSE; +} + +/** + Get form package data from data base. + + @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package. + @param HiiFormPackage The buffer saves the package data. + @param PackageSize The buffer size of the package data. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +GetFormPackageData ( + IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord, + IN OUT UINT8 **HiiFormPackage, + OUT UINTN *PackageSize + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINTN Size; + UINTN ResultSize; + + if ((DataBaseRecord == NULL) || (HiiFormPackage == NULL) || (PackageSize == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + Size = 0; + ResultSize = 0; + // + // 0. Get Hii Form Package by HiiHandle + // + Status = ExportFormPackages ( + &mPrivate, + DataBaseRecord->Handle, + DataBaseRecord->PackageList, + 0, + Size, + HiiFormPackage, + &ResultSize + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + return Status; + } + + (*HiiFormPackage) = AllocatePool (ResultSize); + if (*HiiFormPackage == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + return Status; + } + + // + // Get HiiFormPackage by HiiHandle + // + Size = ResultSize; + ResultSize = 0; + Status = ExportFormPackages ( + &mPrivate, + DataBaseRecord->Handle, + DataBaseRecord->PackageList, + 0, + Size, + *HiiFormPackage, + &ResultSize + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + FreePool (*HiiFormPackage); + } + + *PackageSize = Size; + + return Status; +} + +/** + This function parses Form Package to get the efi varstore info according to the request ConfigHdr. + + @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package. + @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL, + the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr. + @param IsEfiVarstore Whether the request storage type is efi varstore type. + @param EfiVarStore The efi varstore info which will return. +**/ +EFI_STATUS +GetVarStoreType ( + IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord, + IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr, + OUT BOOLEAN *IsEfiVarstore, + OUT EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI **EfiVarStore + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINTN IfrOffset; + UINTN PackageOffset; + EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr; + CHAR16 *VarStoreName; + UINTN NameSize; + EFI_STRING GuidStr; + EFI_STRING NameStr; + EFI_STRING TempStr; + UINTN LengthString; + UINT8 *HiiFormPackage; + UINTN PackageSize; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore; + EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader; + + HiiFormPackage = NULL; + LengthString = 0; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + GuidStr = NULL; + NameStr = NULL; + TempStr = NULL; + *IsEfiVarstore = FALSE; + + Status = GetFormPackageData (DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + return Status; + } + + IfrOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + PackageOffset = IfrOffset; + PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)HiiFormPackage; + + while (IfrOffset < PackageSize) { + // + // More than one form packages exist. + // + if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) { + // + // Process the new form package. + // + PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + IfrOffset += PackageOffset; + PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)(HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset); + } + + IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)(HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset); + IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length; + PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length; + + if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP ) { + IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *)IfrOpHdr; + // + // If the length is small than the structure, this is from old efi + // varstore definition. Old efi varstore get config directly from + // GetVariable function. + // + if (IfrOpHdr->Length < sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI)) { + continue; + } + + NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name); + VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (VarStoreName == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize); + + GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, 1, &GuidStr); + GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (VarStoreName) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *)VarStoreName, 2, &NameStr); + LengthString = StrLen (GuidStr); + LengthString = LengthString + StrLen (NameStr) + 1; + TempStr = AllocateZeroPool (LengthString * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (TempStr == NULL) { + FreePool (GuidStr); + FreePool (NameStr); + FreePool (VarStoreName); + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + StrCpyS (TempStr, LengthString, GuidStr); + StrCatS (TempStr, LengthString, NameStr); + if ((ConfigHdr == NULL) || (StrnCmp (ConfigHdr, TempStr, StrLen (TempStr)) == 0)) { + *EfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *)AllocateZeroPool (IfrOpHdr->Length); + if (*EfiVarStore == NULL) { + FreePool (VarStoreName); + FreePool (GuidStr); + FreePool (NameStr); + FreePool (TempStr); + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + *IsEfiVarstore = TRUE; + CopyMem (*EfiVarStore, IfrEfiVarStore, IfrOpHdr->Length); + } + + // + // Free allocated temp string. + // + FreePool (VarStoreName); + FreePool (GuidStr); + FreePool (NameStr); + FreePool (TempStr); + + // + // Already found the varstore, break; + // + if (*IsEfiVarstore) { + break; + } + } + } + +Done: + if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) { + FreePool (HiiFormPackage); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + Check whether the ConfigRequest string has the request elements. + For EFI_HII_VARSTORE_BUFFER type, the request has "&OFFSET=****&WIDTH=****..." format. + For EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE type, the request has "&NAME1**&NAME2..." format. + + @param ConfigRequest The input config request string. + + @retval TRUE The input include config request elements. + @retval FALSE The input string not includes. + +**/ +BOOLEAN +GetElementsFromRequest ( + IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest + ) +{ + EFI_STRING TmpRequest; + + TmpRequest = StrStr (ConfigRequest, L"PATH="); + ASSERT (TmpRequest != NULL); + + if ((StrStr (TmpRequest, L"&OFFSET=") != NULL) || (StrStr (TmpRequest, L"&") != NULL)) { + return TRUE; + } + + return FALSE; +} + +/** + Check whether the this varstore is the request varstore. + + @param VarstoreGuid Varstore guid. + @param Name Varstore name. + @param ConfigHdr Current configRequest info. + + @retval TRUE This varstore is the request one. + @retval FALSE This varstore is not the request one. + +**/ +BOOLEAN +IsThisVarstore ( + IN EFI_GUID *VarstoreGuid, + IN CHAR16 *Name, + IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr + ) +{ + EFI_STRING GuidStr; + EFI_STRING NameStr; + EFI_STRING TempStr; + UINTN LengthString; + BOOLEAN RetVal; + + RetVal = FALSE; + GuidStr = NULL; + TempStr = NULL; + + // + // If ConfigHdr has name field and varstore not has name, return FALSE. + // + if ((Name == NULL) && (ConfigHdr != NULL) && (StrStr (ConfigHdr, L"NAME=&") == NULL)) { + return FALSE; + } + + GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)VarstoreGuid, 1, &GuidStr); + if (Name != NULL) { + GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *)Name, 2, &NameStr); + } else { + GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr); + } + + LengthString = StrLen (GuidStr); + LengthString = LengthString + StrLen (NameStr) + 1; + TempStr = AllocateZeroPool (LengthString * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (TempStr == NULL) { + goto Done; + } + + StrCpyS (TempStr, LengthString, GuidStr); + StrCatS (TempStr, LengthString, NameStr); + + if ((ConfigHdr == NULL) || (StrnCmp (ConfigHdr, TempStr, StrLen (TempStr)) == 0)) { + RetVal = TRUE; + } + +Done: + if (GuidStr != NULL) { + FreePool (GuidStr); + } + + if (NameStr != NULL) { + FreePool (NameStr); + } + + if (TempStr != NULL) { + FreePool (TempStr); + } + + return RetVal; +} + +/** + This function parses Form Package to get the efi varstore info according to the request ConfigHdr. + + @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package. + @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL, + the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr. + @retval TRUE This hii package is the request one. + @retval FALSE This hii package is not the request one. +**/ +BOOLEAN +IsThisPackageList ( + IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord, + IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINTN IfrOffset; + UINTN PackageOffset; + EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr; + CHAR16 *VarStoreName; + UINTN NameSize; + UINT8 *HiiFormPackage; + UINTN PackageSize; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore; + EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *IfrVarStore; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *IfrNameValueVarStore; + BOOLEAN FindVarstore; + + HiiFormPackage = NULL; + VarStoreName = NULL; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + FindVarstore = FALSE; + + Status = GetFormPackageData (DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + return FALSE; + } + + IfrOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + PackageOffset = IfrOffset; + PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)HiiFormPackage; + + while (IfrOffset < PackageSize) { + // + // More than one form packages exist. + // + if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) { + // + // Process the new form package. + // + PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + IfrOffset += PackageOffset; + PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)(HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset); + } + + IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)(HiiFormPackage + IfrOffset); + IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length; + PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length; + + switch (IfrOpHdr->OpCode) { + case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP: + IfrVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *)IfrOpHdr; + + NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name); + VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (VarStoreName == NULL) { + goto Done; + } + + AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize); + + if (IsThisVarstore ((VOID *)&IfrVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) { + FindVarstore = TRUE; + goto Done; + } else { + FreePool (VarStoreName); + VarStoreName = NULL; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP: + IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *)IfrOpHdr; + NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name); + VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (VarStoreName == NULL) { + goto Done; + } + + AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize); + + if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) { + FindVarstore = TRUE; + goto Done; + } else { + FreePool (VarStoreName); + VarStoreName = NULL; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE_OP: + IfrNameValueVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *)IfrOpHdr; + + if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid, NULL, ConfigHdr)) { + FindVarstore = TRUE; + goto Done; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP: + case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP: + // + // No matched varstore is found and directly return. + // + goto Done; + + default: + break; + } + } + +Done: + if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) { + FreePool (HiiFormPackage); + } + + if (VarStoreName != NULL) { + FreePool (VarStoreName); + } + + return FindVarstore; +} + +/** + Check whether the this op code is required. + + @param RequestBlockArray The array includes all the request info or NULL. + @param HiiHandle The hii handle for this form package. + @param VarStorageData The varstore data structure. + @param IfrOpHdr Ifr opcode header for this opcode. + @param VarWidth The buffer width for this opcode. + @param ReturnData The data block added for this opcode. + @param IsBitVar Whether the the opcode refers to bit storage. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS This opcode is required. + @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND This opcode is not required. + @retval Others Contain some error. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +IsThisOpcodeRequired ( + IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray, + IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle, + IN OUT IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData, + IN EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr, + IN UINT16 VarWidth, + OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA **ReturnData, + IN BOOLEAN IsBitVar + ) +{ + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + UINT16 VarOffset; + EFI_STRING_ID NameId; + EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *IfrQuestionHdr; + UINT16 BitOffset; + UINT16 BitWidth; + UINT16 TotalBits; + + NameId = 0; + VarOffset = 0; + BitOffset = 0; + BitWidth = 0; + IfrQuestionHdr = (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)IfrOpHdr + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER)); + + if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) { + NameId = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarName; + + // + // Check whether this question is in requested block array. + // + if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, NameId, 0, TRUE, HiiHandle)) { + // + // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it. + // + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + } else { + // + // Get the byte offset/with and bit offset/width + // + if (IsBitVar) { + BitOffset = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset; + BitWidth = VarWidth; + VarOffset = BitOffset / 8; + // + // Use current bit width and the bit width before current bit (with same byte offset) to calculate the byte width. + // + TotalBits = BitOffset % 8 + BitWidth; + VarWidth = (TotalBits % 8 == 0 ? TotalBits / 8 : TotalBits / 8 + 1); + } else { + VarOffset = IfrQuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset; + BitWidth = VarWidth; + BitOffset = VarOffset * 8; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is in requested block array. + // + if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, VarOffset, VarWidth, FALSE, HiiHandle)) { + // + // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it. + // + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + + // + // Check this var question is in the var storage + // + if (((VarOffset + VarWidth) > VarStorageData->Size)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + } + + BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA)); + if (BlockData == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) { + BlockData->Name = InternalGetString (HiiHandle, NameId); + } else { + BlockData->Offset = VarOffset; + } + + BlockData->Width = VarWidth; + BlockData->QuestionId = IfrQuestionHdr->QuestionId; + BlockData->OpCode = IfrOpHdr->OpCode; + BlockData->Scope = IfrOpHdr->Scope; + BlockData->IsBitVar = IsBitVar; + BlockData->BitOffset = BitOffset; + BlockData->BitWidth = BitWidth; + InitializeListHead (&BlockData->DefaultValueEntry); + // + // Add Block Data into VarStorageData BlockEntry + // + InsertBlockData (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry, &BlockData); + *ReturnData = BlockData; + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + This function parses Form Package to get the block array and the default + value array according to the request ConfigHdr. + + @param HiiHandle Hii Handle for this hii package. + @param Package Pointer to the form package data. + @param PackageLength Length of the package. + @param ConfigHdr Request string ConfigHdr. If it is NULL, + the first found varstore will be as ConfigHdr. + @param RequestBlockArray The block array is retrieved from the request string. + @param VarStorageData VarStorage structure contains the got block and default value. + @param DefaultIdArray Point to the got default id and default name array. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The block array and the default value array are got. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The varstore definition in the different form packages + are conflicted. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory. +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +ParseIfrData ( + IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle, + IN UINT8 *Package, + IN UINT32 PackageLength, + IN EFI_STRING ConfigHdr, + IN IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray, + IN OUT IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData, + OUT IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINTN IfrOffset; + UINTN PackageOffset; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *IfrVarStore; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStore; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *IfrEfiVarStoreTmp; + EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr; + EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *IfrOneOf; + EFI_IFR_REF4 *IfrRef; + EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *IfrOneOfOption; + EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *IfrDefault; + EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *IfrOrderedList; + EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX *IfrCheckBox; + EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *IfrPassword; + EFI_IFR_STRING *IfrString; + EFI_IFR_DATE *IfrDate; + EFI_IFR_TIME *IfrTime; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA DefaultData; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultDataPtr; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + CHAR16 *VarStoreName; + UINTN NameSize; + UINTN NvDefaultStoreSize; + UINT16 VarWidth; + UINT16 VarDefaultId; + BOOLEAN FirstOneOfOption; + BOOLEAN FirstOrderedList; + LIST_ENTRY *LinkData; + LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *IfrNameValueVarStore; + EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *PackageHeader; + EFI_VARSTORE_ID VarStoreId; + UINT16 SmallestDefaultId; + BOOLEAN SmallestIdFromFlag; + BOOLEAN FromOtherDefaultOpcode; + BOOLEAN QuestionReferBitField; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + BlockData = NULL; + DefaultDataPtr = NULL; + FirstOneOfOption = FALSE; + VarStoreId = 0; + FirstOrderedList = FALSE; + VarStoreName = NULL; + ZeroMem (&DefaultData, sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA)); + SmallestDefaultId = 0xFFFF; + FromOtherDefaultOpcode = FALSE; + QuestionReferBitField = FALSE; + IfrEfiVarStoreTmp = NULL; + + // + // Go through the form package to parse OpCode one by one. + // + PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)Package; + IfrOffset = PackageOffset; + while (IfrOffset < PackageLength) { + // + // More than one form package found. + // + if (PackageOffset >= PackageHeader->Length) { + // + // Already found varstore for this request, break; + // + if (VarStoreId != 0) { + VarStoreId = 0; + } + + // + // Get next package header info. + // + IfrOffset += sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + PackageOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + PackageHeader = (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)(Package + IfrOffset); + } + + IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *)(Package + IfrOffset); + switch (IfrOpHdr->OpCode) { + case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP: + // + // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more. + // + if (VarStoreId != 0) { + break; + } + + IfrVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *)IfrOpHdr; + + NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name); + VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (VarStoreName == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize); + + if (IsThisVarstore ((VOID *)&IfrVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) { + // + // Find the matched VarStore + // + CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *)(VOID *)&IfrVarStore->Guid); + VarStorageData->Size = IfrVarStore->Size; + VarStorageData->Name = VarStoreName; + VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_BUFFER; + VarStoreId = IfrVarStore->VarStoreId; + } else { + FreePool (VarStoreName); + VarStoreName = NULL; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP: + // + // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more. + // + if (VarStoreId != 0) { + break; + } + + IfrEfiVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *)IfrOpHdr; + + // + // If the length is small than the structure, this is from old efi + // varstore definition. Old efi varstore get config directly from + // GetVariable function. + // + if (IfrOpHdr->Length < sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI)) { + break; + } + + NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name); + VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (VarStoreName == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize); + if (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp != NULL) { + FreePool (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp); + } + + IfrEfiVarStoreTmp = AllocatePool (IfrEfiVarStore->Header.Length + AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name)); + if (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + CopyMem (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp, IfrEfiVarStore, IfrEfiVarStore->Header.Length); + AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name, (CHAR16 *)&(IfrEfiVarStoreTmp->Name[0]), AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)IfrEfiVarStore->Name) * sizeof (CHAR16)); + + if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid, VarStoreName, ConfigHdr)) { + // + // Find the matched VarStore + // + CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *)(VOID *)&IfrEfiVarStore->Guid); + VarStorageData->Size = IfrEfiVarStore->Size; + VarStorageData->Name = VarStoreName; + VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_EFI_VARIABLE_BUFFER; + VarStoreId = IfrEfiVarStore->VarStoreId; + } else { + FreePool (VarStoreName); + VarStoreName = NULL; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE_OP: + // + // VarStore is found. Don't need to search any more. + // + if (VarStoreId != 0) { + break; + } + + IfrNameValueVarStore = (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *)IfrOpHdr; + + if (IsThisVarstore (&IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid, NULL, ConfigHdr)) { + // + // Find the matched VarStore + // + CopyGuid (&VarStorageData->Guid, (EFI_GUID *)(VOID *)&IfrNameValueVarStore->Guid); + VarStorageData->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE; + VarStoreId = IfrNameValueVarStore->VarStoreId; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE_OP: + // + // Add new the map between default id and default name. + // + DefaultDataPtr = (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA)); + if (DefaultDataPtr == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId = ((EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE *)IfrOpHdr)->DefaultId; + InsertTailList (&DefaultIdArray->Entry, &DefaultDataPtr->Entry); + DefaultDataPtr = NULL; + break; + + case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP: + case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP: + // + // No matched varstore is found and directly return. + // + if ( VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + goto Done; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_REF_OP: + // + // Ref question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid. + // + if ( VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore. + // + IfrRef = (EFI_IFR_REF4 *)IfrOpHdr; + if (IfrRef->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) { + break; + } + + VarWidth = (UINT16)(sizeof (EFI_HII_REF)); + + // + // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean. + // + if (BlockData != NULL) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + + Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + // + // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode. + // + break; + } + + goto Done; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP: + case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP: + // + // Numeric and OneOf has the same opcode structure. + // + + // + // Numeric and OneOf question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid. + // + if (VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore. + // + IfrOneOf = (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *)IfrOpHdr; + if (IfrOneOf->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) { + break; + } + + if (QuestionReferBitField) { + VarWidth = IfrOneOf->Flags & EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT; + } else { + VarWidth = (UINT16)(1 << (IfrOneOf->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE)); + } + + // + // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean. + // + if (BlockData != NULL) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + + Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, QuestionReferBitField); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + // + // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode. + // + break; + } + + goto Done; + } + + // + // when go to there,BlockData can't be NULLL. + // + ASSERT (BlockData != NULL); + + if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) { + // + // Set this flag to TRUE for the first oneof option. + // + FirstOneOfOption = TRUE; + } else if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) { + // + // Numeric minimum value will be used as default value when no default is specified. + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault; + if (QuestionReferBitField) { + // + // Since default value in bit field was stored as UINT32 type. + // + CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrOneOf->data.u32.MinValue, sizeof (UINT32)); + } else { + switch (IfrOneOf->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE) { + case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1: + DefaultData.Value.u8 = IfrOneOf->data.u8.MinValue; + break; + + case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2: + CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u16, &IfrOneOf->data.u16.MinValue, sizeof (UINT16)); + break; + + case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_4: + CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrOneOf->data.u32.MinValue, sizeof (UINT32)); + break; + + case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_8: + CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u64, &IfrOneOf->data.u64.MinValue, sizeof (UINT64)); + break; + + default: + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + } + + // + // Set default value base on the DefaultId list get from IFR data. + // + NvDefaultStoreSize = PcdGetSize (PcdNvStoreDefaultValueBuffer); + for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId; + if (NvDefaultStoreSize > sizeof (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER)) { + FindQuestionDefaultSetting (DefaultData.DefaultId, IfrEfiVarStoreTmp, &(IfrOneOf->Question), &DefaultData.Value, VarWidth, QuestionReferBitField); + } + + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + } + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP: + // + // offset by question header + // width by EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST MaxContainers * OneofOption Type + // + + FirstOrderedList = TRUE; + // + // OrderedList question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid. + // + if (VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore. + // + IfrOrderedList = (EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *)IfrOpHdr; + if (IfrOrderedList->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) { + BlockData = NULL; + break; + } + + VarWidth = IfrOrderedList->MaxContainers; + + // + // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean. + // + if (BlockData != NULL) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + + Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + // + // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode. + // + break; + } + + goto Done; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP: + // + // EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP + // offset by question header + // width is 1 sizeof (BOOLEAN) + // default id by CheckBox Flags if CheckBox flags (Default or Mau) is set, the default value is 1 to be set. + // value by DefaultOption + // default id by DeaultOption DefaultId can override CheckBox Flags and Default value. + // + + // + // CheckBox question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid. + // + if (VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore. + // + IfrCheckBox = (EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX *)IfrOpHdr; + if (IfrCheckBox->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) { + break; + } + + VarWidth = (UINT16)sizeof (BOOLEAN); + + // + // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean. + // + if (BlockData != NULL) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + + if (QuestionReferBitField) { + VarWidth = 1; + } + + Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, QuestionReferBitField); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + // + // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode. + // + break; + } + + goto Done; + } + + // + // when go to there,BlockData can't be NULLL. + // + ASSERT (BlockData != NULL); + + SmallestIdFromFlag = FALSE; + + // + // Add default value for standard ID by CheckBox Flag + // + VarDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD; + // + // Prepare new DefaultValue + // + DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId; + if ((IfrCheckBox->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT) { + // + // When flag is set, default value is TRUE. + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag; + if (QuestionReferBitField) { + DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE; + } else { + DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE; + } + + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + + if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) { + // + // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag. + // + SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD; + SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE; + } + } + + // + // Add default value for Manufacture ID by CheckBox Flag + // + VarDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING; + // + // Prepare new DefaultValue + // + DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId; + if ((IfrCheckBox->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT_MFG) { + // + // When flag is set, default value is TRUE. + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag; + if (QuestionReferBitField) { + DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE; + } else { + DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE; + } + + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + + if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) { + // + // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag. + // + SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING; + SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE; + } + } + + if (SmallestIdFromFlag) { + // + // When smallest default Id is given by the flag of CheckBox, set default value with TRUE for other default Id in the DefaultId list. + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault; + if (QuestionReferBitField) { + DefaultData.Value.u32 = TRUE; + } else { + DefaultData.Value.b = TRUE; + } + + // + // Set default value for all the default id in the DefaultId list. + // + for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId; + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + } + } else { + // + // When flag is not set, default value is FASLE. + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault; + if (QuestionReferBitField) { + DefaultData.Value.u32 = FALSE; + } else { + DefaultData.Value.b = FALSE; + } + + // + // Set default value for all the default id in the DefaultId list. + // + for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId; + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + } + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_DATE_OP: + // + // offset by question header + // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16) + // no default value, only block array + // + + // + // Date question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid. + // + if (VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore. + // + IfrDate = (EFI_IFR_DATE *)IfrOpHdr; + if (IfrDate->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) { + break; + } + + // + // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean. + // + if (BlockData != NULL) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + + VarWidth = (UINT16)sizeof (EFI_HII_DATE); + Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + // + // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode. + // + break; + } + + goto Done; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_TIME_OP: + // + // offset by question header + // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16) + // no default value, only block array + // + + // + // Time question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid. + // + if (VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore. + // + IfrTime = (EFI_IFR_TIME *)IfrOpHdr; + if (IfrTime->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) { + break; + } + + // + // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean. + // + if (BlockData != NULL) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + + VarWidth = (UINT16)sizeof (EFI_HII_TIME); + Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + // + // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode. + // + break; + } + + goto Done; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_STRING_OP: + // + // offset by question header + // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16) + // no default value, only block array + // + + // + // String question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid. + // + if (VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore. + // + IfrString = (EFI_IFR_STRING *)IfrOpHdr; + if (IfrString->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) { + break; + } + + // + // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean. + // + if (BlockData != NULL) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + + VarWidth = (UINT16)(IfrString->MaxSize * sizeof (UINT16)); + Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + // + // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode. + // + break; + } + + goto Done; + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_PASSWORD_OP: + // + // offset by question header + // width MaxSize * sizeof (CHAR16) + // no default value, only block array + // + + // + // Password question is not in IFR Form. This IFR form is not valid. + // + if (VarStoreId == 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether this question is for the requested varstore. + // + IfrPassword = (EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *)IfrOpHdr; + if (IfrPassword->Question.VarStoreId != VarStoreId) { + break; + } + + // + // The BlockData may allocate by other opcode,need to clean. + // + if (BlockData != NULL) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + + VarWidth = (UINT16)(IfrPassword->MaxSize * sizeof (UINT16)); + Status = IsThisOpcodeRequired (RequestBlockArray, HiiHandle, VarStorageData, IfrOpHdr, VarWidth, &BlockData, FALSE); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + // + // The opcode is not required,exit and parse other opcode. + // + break; + } + + goto Done; + } + + // + // No default value for string. + // + BlockData = NULL; + break; + + case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP: + // + // No matched block data is ignored. + // + if ((BlockData == NULL) || (BlockData->Scope == 0)) { + break; + } + + IfrOneOfOption = (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *)IfrOpHdr; + if (BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP) { + if (!FirstOrderedList) { + break; + } + + // + // Get ordered list option data type. + // + if ((IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8) || (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN)) { + VarWidth = 1; + } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16) { + VarWidth = 2; + } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32) { + VarWidth = 4; + } else if (IfrOneOfOption->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) { + VarWidth = 8; + } else { + // + // Invalid ordered list option data type. + // + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + if (BlockData->Name != NULL) { + FreePool (BlockData->Name); + } + + FreePool (BlockData); + goto Done; + } + + // + // Calculate Ordered list QuestionId width. + // + BlockData->Width = (UINT16)(BlockData->Width * VarWidth); + // + // Check whether this question is in requested block array. + // + if (!BlockArrayCheck (RequestBlockArray, BlockData->Offset, BlockData->Width, (BOOLEAN)(BlockData->Name != NULL), HiiHandle)) { + // + // This question is not in the requested string. Skip it. + // + if (BlockData->Name != NULL) { + FreePool (BlockData->Name); + } + + FreePool (BlockData); + BlockData = NULL; + break; + } + + // + // Check this var question is in the var storage + // + if ((BlockData->Name == NULL) && ((BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width) > VarStorageData->Size)) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + FreePool (BlockData); + goto Done; + } + + // + // Add Block Data into VarStorageData BlockEntry + // + InsertBlockData (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry, &BlockData); + + FirstOrderedList = FALSE; + + break; + } + + // + // 1. Set default value for OneOf option when flag field has default attribute. + // And set the default value with the smallest default id for other default id in the DefaultId list. + // + if (((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) || + ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG)) + { + // + // This flag is used to specify whether this option is the first. Set it to FALSE for the following options. + // The first oneof option value will be used as default value when no default value is specified. + // + FirstOneOfOption = FALSE; + + SmallestIdFromFlag = FALSE; + + // Prepare new DefaultValue + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromFlag; + CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrOneOfOption->Value, IfrOneOfOption->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value)); + if ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) { + DefaultData.DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD; + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) { + // + // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag. + // + SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD; + SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE; + } + } + + if ((IfrOneOfOption->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) == EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) { + DefaultData.DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING; + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + if (SmallestDefaultId > EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) { + // + // Record the SmallestDefaultId and update the SmallestIdFromFlag. + // + SmallestDefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING; + SmallestIdFromFlag = TRUE; + } + } + + if (SmallestIdFromFlag) { + // + // When smallest default Id is given by the flag of oneofOption, set this option value for other default Id in the DefaultId list. + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault; + // + // Set default value for other default id in the DefaultId list. + // + for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId; + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + } + } + } + + // + // 2. Set as the default value when this is the first option. + // The first oneof option value will be used as default value when no default value is specified. + // + if (FirstOneOfOption) { + // This flag is used to specify whether this option is the first. Set it to FALSE for the following options. + FirstOneOfOption = FALSE; + + // + // Prepare new DefaultValue + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromDefault; + CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrOneOfOption->Value, IfrOneOfOption->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value)); + for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId; + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + } + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP: + // + // Update Current BlockData to the default value. + // + if ((BlockData == NULL) || (BlockData->Scope == 0)) { + // + // No matched block data is ignored. + // + break; + } + + // + // Get the DefaultId + // + IfrDefault = (EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *)IfrOpHdr; + VarDefaultId = IfrDefault->DefaultId; + // + // Prepare new DefaultValue + // + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOpcode; + DefaultData.DefaultId = VarDefaultId; + if (QuestionReferBitField) { + CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value.u32, &IfrDefault->Value.u32, sizeof (UINT32)); + } else { + CopyMem (&DefaultData.Value, &IfrDefault->Value, IfrDefault->Header.Length - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_DEFAULT, Value)); + } + + // If the value field is expression, set the cleaned flag. + if (IfrDefault->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) { + DefaultData.Cleaned = TRUE; + } + + // + // Add DefaultValue into current BlockData + // + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + + // + // Set default value for other default id in the DefaultId list. + // when SmallestDefaultId == VarDefaultId means there are two defaults with same default Id. + // If the two defaults are both from default opcode, use the first default as the default value of other default Id. + // If one from flag and the other form default opcode, use the default opcode value as the default value of other default Id. + // + if ((SmallestDefaultId > VarDefaultId) || ((SmallestDefaultId == VarDefaultId) && !FromOtherDefaultOpcode)) { + FromOtherDefaultOpcode = TRUE; + SmallestDefaultId = VarDefaultId; + for (LinkData = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + if (DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId != DefaultData.DefaultId) { + DefaultData.Type = DefaultValueFromOtherDefault; + DefaultData.DefaultId = DefaultDataPtr->DefaultId; + InsertDefaultValue (BlockData, &DefaultData); + } + } + } + + // + // After insert the default value, reset the cleaned value for next + // time used. If not set here, need to set the value before every time. + // use it. + // + DefaultData.Cleaned = FALSE; + break; + + case EFI_IFR_END_OP: + // + // End Opcode is for Var question. + // + QuestionReferBitField = FALSE; + if (BlockData != NULL) { + if (BlockData->Scope > 0) { + BlockData->Scope--; + } + + if (BlockData->Scope == 0) { + BlockData = NULL; + // + // when finishing parsing a question, clean the SmallestDefaultId and GetDefaultFromDefaultOpcode. + // + SmallestDefaultId = 0xFFFF; + FromOtherDefaultOpcode = FALSE; + } + } + + break; + + case EFI_IFR_GUID_OP: + if (CompareGuid ((EFI_GUID *)((UINT8 *)IfrOpHdr + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER)), &gEdkiiIfrBitVarstoreGuid)) { + QuestionReferBitField = TRUE; + } + + break; + + default: + if (BlockData != NULL) { + if (BlockData->Scope > 0) { + BlockData->Scope = (UINT8)(BlockData->Scope + IfrOpHdr->Scope); + } + + if (BlockData->Scope == 0) { + BlockData = NULL; + } + } + + break; + } + + IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length; + PackageOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length; + } + + // + // if Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND, just means the opcode is not required,not contain any error, + // so set the Status to EFI_SUCCESS. + // + if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) { + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + +Done: + for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + for (LinkDefault = BlockData->DefaultValueEntry.ForwardLink; LinkDefault != &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry; ) { + DefaultDataPtr = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink; + if (DefaultDataPtr->Cleaned == TRUE) { + RemoveEntryList (&DefaultDataPtr->Entry); + FreePool (DefaultDataPtr); + } + } + } + + if (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp != NULL) { + FreePool (IfrEfiVarStoreTmp); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + parse the configrequest string, get the elements. + + @param ConfigRequest The input configrequest string. + @param Progress Return the progress data. + + @retval Block data pointer. +**/ +IFR_BLOCK_DATA * +GetBlockElement ( + IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest, + OUT EFI_STRING *Progress + ) +{ + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray; + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINT8 *TmpBuffer; + UINT16 Offset; + UINT16 Width; + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *NextBlockData; + UINTN Length; + + TmpBuffer = NULL; + + // + // Init RequestBlockArray + // + RequestBlockArray = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA)); + if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) { + goto Done; + } + + InitializeListHead (&RequestBlockArray->Entry); + + // + // Get the request Block array from the request string + // Offset and Width + // + + // + // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists + // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function. + // <BlockName> ::= &'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number> + // + StringPtr = ConfigRequest; + while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) == 0) { + // + // Skip the OFFSET string + // + *Progress = StringPtr; + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET="); + // + // Get Offset + // + Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + Offset = 0; + CopyMem ( + &Offset, + TmpBuffer, + (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINT16)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINT16) + ); + FreePool (TmpBuffer); + + StringPtr += Length; + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) { + goto Done; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH="); + + // + // Get Width + // + Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + Width = 0; + CopyMem ( + &Width, + TmpBuffer, + (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINT16)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINT16) + ); + FreePool (TmpBuffer); + + StringPtr += Length; + if ((*StringPtr != 0) && (*StringPtr != L'&')) { + goto Done; + } + + // + // Set Block Data + // + BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA)); + if (BlockData == NULL) { + goto Done; + } + + BlockData->Offset = Offset; + BlockData->Width = Width; + InsertBlockData (&RequestBlockArray->Entry, &BlockData); + + // + // Skip &VALUE string if &VALUE does exists. + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&VALUE=", StrLen (L"&VALUE=")) == 0) { + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&VALUE="); + + // + // Get Value + // + Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + FreePool (TmpBuffer); + StringPtr += Length; + if ((*StringPtr != 0) && (*StringPtr != L'&')) { + goto Done; + } + } + + // + // If '\0', parsing is finished. + // + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + break; + } + } + + // + // Merge the requested block data. + // + Link = RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink; + while ((Link != &RequestBlockArray->Entry) && (Link->ForwardLink != &RequestBlockArray->Entry)) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + NextBlockData = BASE_CR (Link->ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + if ((NextBlockData->Offset >= BlockData->Offset) && (NextBlockData->Offset <= (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width))) { + if ((NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width) > (BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width)) { + BlockData->Width = (UINT16)(NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width - BlockData->Offset); + } + + RemoveEntryList (Link->ForwardLink); + FreePool (NextBlockData); + continue; + } + + Link = Link->ForwardLink; + } + + return RequestBlockArray; + +Done: + if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) { + // + // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray + // + while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry); + FreePool (BlockData); + } + + FreePool (RequestBlockArray); + } + + return NULL; +} + +/** + parse the configrequest string, get the elements. + + @param ConfigRequest The input config request string. + @param Progress Return the progress data. + + @retval return data block array. +**/ +IFR_BLOCK_DATA * +GetNameElement ( + IN EFI_STRING ConfigRequest, + OUT EFI_STRING *Progress + ) +{ + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING NextTag; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray; + BOOLEAN HasValue; + + StringPtr = ConfigRequest; + + // + // Init RequestBlockArray + // + RequestBlockArray = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA)); + if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) { + goto Done; + } + + InitializeListHead (&RequestBlockArray->Entry); + + // + // Get the request Block array from the request string + // + + // + // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists + // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function. + // <BlockName> ::= &'Name***=*** + // + while (StringPtr != NULL && *StringPtr == L'&') { + *Progress = StringPtr; + // + // Skip the L"&" string + // + StringPtr += 1; + + HasValue = FALSE; + if ((NextTag = StrStr (StringPtr, L"=")) != NULL) { + *NextTag = L'\0'; + HasValue = TRUE; + } else if ((NextTag = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&")) != NULL) { + *NextTag = L'\0'; + } + + // + // Set Block Data + // + BlockData = (IFR_BLOCK_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_BLOCK_DATA)); + if (BlockData == NULL) { + goto Done; + } + + // + // Get Name + // + BlockData->Name = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (StringPtr), StringPtr); + InsertBlockData (&RequestBlockArray->Entry, &BlockData); + + if (HasValue) { + // + // If has value, skip the value. + // + StringPtr = NextTag + 1; + *NextTag = L'='; + StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&"); + } else if (NextTag != NULL) { + // + // restore the '&' text. + // + StringPtr = NextTag; + *NextTag = L'&'; + } + } + + return RequestBlockArray; + +Done: + if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) { + // + // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray + // + while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry); + if (BlockData->Name != NULL) { + FreePool (BlockData->Name); + } + + FreePool (BlockData); + } + + FreePool (RequestBlockArray); + } + + return NULL; +} + +/** + Generate ConfigRequest string base on the varstore info. + + @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore. + @param VarStorageData The varstore info. + @param Status Return Status. + @param ConfigRequest The ConfigRequest info may be return. + + @retval TRUE Need to continue + @retval Others NO need to continue or error occur. +**/ +BOOLEAN +GenerateConfigRequest ( + IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr, + IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData, + OUT EFI_STATUS *Status, + IN OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigRequest + ) +{ + BOOLEAN DataExist; + UINTN Length; + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + CHAR16 *FullConfigRequest; + CHAR16 *StringPtr; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + + // + // Append VarStorageData BlockEntry into *Request string + // Now support only one varstore in a form package. + // + + // + // Go through all VarStorageData Entry and get BlockEntry for each one for the multiple varstore in a single form package + // Then construct them all to return MultiRequest string : ConfigHdr BlockConfig + // + + // + // Compute the length of the entire request starting with <ConfigHdr> and a + // Null-terminator + // + DataExist = FALSE; + Length = StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1; + + for (Link = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; Link != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + DataExist = TRUE; + BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) { + // + // Add <BlockName> length for each Name + // + // <BlockName> ::= &Name1&Name2&... + // |1| StrLen(Name1) + // + Length = Length + (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name)); + } else { + // + // Add <BlockName> length for each Offset/Width pair + // + // <BlockName> ::= &OFFSET=1234&WIDTH=1234 + // | 8 | 4 | 7 | 4 | + // + Length = Length + (8 + 4 + 7 + 4); + } + } + + // + // No any request block data is found. The request string can't be constructed. + // + if (!DataExist) { + *Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + return FALSE; + } + + // + // Allocate buffer for the entire <ConfigRequest> + // + FullConfigRequest = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (FullConfigRequest == NULL) { + *Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + return FALSE; + } + + StringPtr = FullConfigRequest; + + // + // Start with <ConfigHdr> + // + StrCpyS (StringPtr, Length, ConfigHdr); + StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr); + + // + // Loop through all the Offset/Width pairs and append them to ConfigRequest + // + for (Link = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; Link != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) { + // + // Append &Name1\0 + // + UnicodeSPrint ( + StringPtr, + (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), + L"&%s", + BlockData->Name + ); + } else { + // + // Append &OFFSET=XXXX&WIDTH=YYYY\0 + // + UnicodeSPrint ( + StringPtr, + (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), + L"&OFFSET=%04X&WIDTH=%04X", + BlockData->Offset, + BlockData->Width + ); + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr); + } + + // + // Set to the got full request string. + // + HiiToLower (FullConfigRequest); + + if (*ConfigRequest != NULL) { + FreePool (*ConfigRequest); + } + + *ConfigRequest = FullConfigRequest; + + return TRUE; +} + +/** + Generate ConfigRequest Header base on the varstore info. + + @param VarStorageData The varstore info. + @param DevicePath Device path for this varstore. + @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS Generate the header success. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Allocate buffer fail. +**/ +EFI_STATUS +GenerateHdr ( + IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData, + IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath, + OUT EFI_STRING *ConfigHdr + ) +{ + EFI_STRING GuidStr; + EFI_STRING NameStr; + EFI_STRING PathStr; + UINTN Length; + EFI_STATUS Status; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + NameStr = NULL; + GuidStr = NULL; + PathStr = NULL; + + // + // Construct <ConfigHdr> : "GUID=...&NAME=...&PATH=..." by VarStorageData Guid, Name and DriverHandle + // + GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)&VarStorageData->Guid, 1, &GuidStr); + if (VarStorageData->Name != NULL) { + GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (VarStorageData->Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *)VarStorageData->Name, 2, &NameStr); + } else { + GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr); + } + + GenerateSubStr ( + L"PATH=", + GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)DevicePath), + (VOID *)DevicePath, + 1, + &PathStr + ); + Length = StrLen (GuidStr) + StrLen (NameStr) + StrLen (PathStr) + 1; + if (VarStorageData->Name == NULL) { + Length += 1; + } + + *ConfigHdr = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (*ConfigHdr == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + StrCpyS (*ConfigHdr, Length, GuidStr); + StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, NameStr); + if (VarStorageData->Name == NULL) { + StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, L"&"); + } + + StrCatS (*ConfigHdr, Length, PathStr); + + // + // Remove the last character L'&' + // + *(*ConfigHdr + StrLen (*ConfigHdr) - 1) = L'\0'; + +Done: + if (GuidStr != NULL) { + FreePool (GuidStr); + } + + if (NameStr != NULL) { + FreePool (NameStr); + } + + if (PathStr != NULL) { + FreePool (PathStr); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + Update the default value in the block data which is used as bit var store. + + For example: + A question value saved in a bit fied: bitoffset = 1; bitwidth = 2;default value = 1. + And corresponding block data info: offset==0; width==1;currently the default value + is saved as 1.Actually the default value 1 need to be set to bit field 1, so the + default value of this block data shuold be:2. + + typedef struct { + UINT8 Bit1 : 1; // + UINT8 Bit2 : 2; // Question saved in Bit2,so originalBlock info: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) defaul = 1. + // (default value record for the bit field) + ...... + }ExampleData; + + After function UpdateDefaultValue,the Block info is: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 2. + (default value record for the Block) + + UpdateDefaultValue function update default value of bit var block based on the bit field info in the block. + + @param BlockLink The Link of the block data. + +**/ +VOID +UpdateDefaultValue ( + IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink + ) +{ + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry; + LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData; + UINTN StartBit; + UINTN EndBit; + UINT32 BitFieldDefaultValue; + + for ( Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + if (!BlockData->IsBitVar) { + continue; + } + + ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry; + // + // Update the default value in the block data with all existing default id. + // + for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) { + // + // Get the default data, and the value of the default data is for some field in the block. + // Note: Default value for bit field question is stored as UINT32. + // + DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + BitFieldDefaultValue = DefaultValueData->Value.u32; + + StartBit = BlockData->BitOffset % 8; + EndBit = StartBit + BlockData->BitWidth - 1; + + // + // Set the bit field default value to related bit filed, then we will got the new default vaule for the block data. + // + DefaultValueData->Value.u32 = BitFieldWrite32 (0, StartBit, EndBit, BitFieldDefaultValue); + } + } +} + +/** +Merge the default value in two block datas which have overlap region. + +For bit fields, their related block data may have overlap region, such as: + +typedef struct { + UINT16 Bit1 : 6; // Question1 refer Bit1, Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 1 + UINT16 Bit2 : 5; // Question2 refer Bit2, Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 5 + // (default value record for the bit field) + ...... +}ExampleData; + +After function UpdateDefaultValue: +Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 1 +Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 320 (5 * (2 << 6)) +(default value record for block) + +After function MergeBlockDefaultValue: +Block1: offset = 0; width = 1;(byte level) default = 65 +Block2: offset = 0; width = 2;(byte level) default = 321 +(Block1 and Block2 has overlap region, merge the overlap value to Block1 and Blcok2) + +Block1 and Block2 have overlap byte region, but currntly the default value of Block1 only contains +value of Bit1 (low 6 bits),the default value of Block2 only contains the value of Bit2 (middle 5 bits). + +This fuction merge the default value of these two blocks, and make the default value of block1 +also contain the value of lower 2 bits of the Bit2. And make the default value of Block2 also +contain the default value of Bit1. + +We can get the total value of the whole block that just cover these two blocks(in this case is: +block: offset =0; width =2;) then the value of block2 is same as block, the value of block1 is +the first byte value of block. + +@param FirstBlock Point to the block date whose default value need to be merged. +@param SecondBlock Point to the block date whose default value need to be merged. + +**/ +VOID +MergeBlockDefaultValue ( + IN OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA *FirstBlock, + IN OUT IFR_BLOCK_DATA *SecondBlock + ) +{ + LIST_ENTRY *FirstListEntry; + LIST_ENTRY *SecondListEntry; + LIST_ENTRY *FirstDefaultLink; + LIST_ENTRY *SecondDefaultLink; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *FirstDefaultValueData; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *SecondDefaultValueData; + UINT32 *FirstDefaultValue; + UINT32 *SecondDefaultValue; + UINT64 TotalValue; + UINT64 ShiftedValue; + UINT16 OffsetShift; + + FirstListEntry = &FirstBlock->DefaultValueEntry; + for (FirstDefaultLink = FirstListEntry->ForwardLink; FirstDefaultLink != FirstListEntry; FirstDefaultLink = FirstDefaultLink->ForwardLink) { + FirstDefaultValueData = BASE_CR (FirstDefaultLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + SecondListEntry = &SecondBlock->DefaultValueEntry; + for (SecondDefaultLink = SecondListEntry->ForwardLink; SecondDefaultLink != SecondListEntry; SecondDefaultLink = SecondDefaultLink->ForwardLink) { + SecondDefaultValueData = BASE_CR (SecondDefaultLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + if (FirstDefaultValueData->DefaultId != SecondDefaultValueData->DefaultId) { + continue; + } + + // + // Find default value with same default id in the two blocks. + // Note: Default value for bit field question is stored as UINT32 type. + // + FirstDefaultValue = &FirstDefaultValueData->Value.u32; + SecondDefaultValue = &SecondDefaultValueData->Value.u32; + // + // 1. Get the default value of the whole blcok that can just cover FirstBlock and SecondBlock. + // 2. Get the default value of FirstBlock and SecondBlock form the value of whole block based + // on the offset and width of FirstBlock and SecondBlock. + // + if (FirstBlock->Offset > SecondBlock->Offset) { + OffsetShift = FirstBlock->Offset - SecondBlock->Offset; + ShiftedValue = LShiftU64 ((UINT64)(*FirstDefaultValue), OffsetShift * 8); + TotalValue = ShiftedValue | (UINT64)(*SecondDefaultValue); + *SecondDefaultValue = (UINT32)BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, 0, SecondBlock->Width * 8 -1); + *FirstDefaultValue = (UINT32)BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, OffsetShift * 8, OffsetShift * 8 + FirstBlock->Width *8 -1); + } else { + OffsetShift = SecondBlock->Offset -FirstBlock->Offset; + ShiftedValue = LShiftU64 ((UINT64)(*SecondDefaultValue), OffsetShift * 8); + TotalValue = ShiftedValue | (UINT64)(*FirstDefaultValue); + *FirstDefaultValue = (UINT32)BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, 0, FirstBlock->Width * 8 -1); + *SecondDefaultValue = (UINT32)BitFieldRead64 (TotalValue, OffsetShift * 8, OffsetShift * 8 + SecondBlock->Width *8 -1); + } + } + } +} + +/** + +Update the default value in the block data which used as Bit VarStore + +@param BlockLink The Link of the block data. + +**/ +VOID +UpdateBlockDataArray ( + IN LIST_ENTRY *BlockLink + ) +{ + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + LIST_ENTRY *TempLink; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *NextBlockData; + + // + // 1. Update default value in BitVar block data. + // Sine some block datas are used as BitVarStore, then the default value recored in the block + // is for related bit field in the block. so we need to set the default value to the related bit + // fields in the block data if the block data is used as bit varstore, then the default value of + // the block will be updated. + // + UpdateDefaultValue (BlockLink); + + // + // 2.Update default value for overlap BitVar blcok datas. + // For block datas have overlap region, we need to merge the default value in different blocks. + // + for (Link = BlockLink->ForwardLink; Link != BlockLink; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + if (!BlockData->IsBitVar) { + continue; + } + + for (TempLink = Link->ForwardLink; TempLink != BlockLink; TempLink = TempLink->ForwardLink) { + NextBlockData = BASE_CR (TempLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + if (!NextBlockData->IsBitVar || (NextBlockData->Offset >= BlockData->Offset + BlockData->Width) || (BlockData->Offset >= NextBlockData->Offset + NextBlockData->Width)) { + continue; + } + + // + // Find two blocks are used as bit VarStore and have overlap region, so need to merge default value of these two blocks. + // + MergeBlockDefaultValue (BlockData, NextBlockData); + } + } +} + +/** + Generate ConfigAltResp string base on the varstore info. + + @param HiiHandle Hii Handle for this hii package. + @param ConfigHdr The config header for this varstore. + @param VarStorageData The varstore info. + @param DefaultIdArray The Default id array. + @param DefaultAltCfgResp The DefaultAltCfgResp info may be return. + + @retval TRUE Need to continue + @retval Others NO need to continue or error occur. +**/ +EFI_STATUS +GenerateAltConfigResp ( + IN EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle, + IN CHAR16 *ConfigHdr, + IN IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData, + IN IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray, + IN OUT EFI_STRING *DefaultAltCfgResp + ) +{ + BOOLEAN DataExist; + UINTN Length; + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + LIST_ENTRY *LinkData; + LIST_ENTRY *LinkDefault; + LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry; + CHAR16 *StringPtr; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultId; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData; + UINTN Width; + UINT8 *TmpBuffer; + CHAR16 *DefaultString; + UINTN StrSize; + + BlockData = NULL; + DataExist = FALSE; + DefaultString = NULL; + // + // Add length for <ConfigHdr> + '\0' + // + Length = StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1; + + UpdateBlockDataArray (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry); + + for (Link = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + DefaultId = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + // + // Add length for "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX" + // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 | + // + Length += (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 8 + 4); + + for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry; + for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) { + DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + if (DefaultValueData->DefaultId != DefaultId->DefaultId) { + continue; + } + + if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) { + // + // Add length for "&Name1=zzzzzzzzzzzz" + // |1|Name|1|Value| + // + Length += (1 + StrLen (BlockData->Name) + 1 + BlockData->Width * 2); + } else { + // + // Add length for "&OFFSET=XXXX&WIDTH=YYYY&VALUE=zzzzzzzzzzzz" + // | 8 | 4 | 7 | 4 | 7 | Width * 2 | + // + Length += (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 7 + BlockData->Width * 2); + } + + DataExist = TRUE; + } + } + } + + // + // No default value is found. The default string doesn't exist. + // + if (!DataExist) { + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + // + // Allocate buffer for the entire <DefaultAltCfgResp> + // + *DefaultAltCfgResp = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (*DefaultAltCfgResp == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + StringPtr = *DefaultAltCfgResp; + + // + // Start with <ConfigHdr> + // + StrCpyS (StringPtr, Length, ConfigHdr); + StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr); + + for (Link = DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink; Link != &DefaultIdArray->Entry; Link = Link->ForwardLink) { + DefaultId = BASE_CR (Link, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + // + // Add <AltConfigHdr> of the form "&<ConfigHdr>&ALTCFG=XXXX\0" + // |1| StrLen (ConfigHdr) | 8 | 4 | + // + UnicodeSPrint ( + StringPtr, + (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 8 + 4 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), + L"&%s&ALTCFG=%04X", + ConfigHdr, + DefaultId->DefaultId + ); + StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr); + + for (LinkData = VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink; LinkData != &VarStorageData->BlockEntry; LinkData = LinkData->ForwardLink) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (LinkData, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + ListEntry = &BlockData->DefaultValueEntry; + for (LinkDefault = ListEntry->ForwardLink; LinkDefault != ListEntry; LinkDefault = LinkDefault->ForwardLink) { + DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (LinkDefault, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + if (DefaultValueData->DefaultId != DefaultId->DefaultId) { + continue; + } + + if (VarStorageData->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) { + UnicodeSPrint ( + StringPtr, + (1 + StrLen (ConfigHdr) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), + L"&%s=", + BlockData->Name + ); + StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr); + } else { + // + // Add <BlockConfig> + // <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE'=<Number> + // + UnicodeSPrint ( + StringPtr, + (8 + 4 + 7 + 4 + 7 + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), + L"&OFFSET=%04X&WIDTH=%04X&VALUE=", + BlockData->Offset, + BlockData->Width + ); + StringPtr += StrLen (StringPtr); + } + + Width = BlockData->Width; + // + // Convert Value to a hex string in "%x" format + // NOTE: This is in the opposite byte that GUID and PATH use + // + if (BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP) { + DefaultString = InternalGetString (HiiHandle, DefaultValueData->Value.string); + TmpBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (Width); + ASSERT (TmpBuffer != NULL); + if (DefaultString != NULL) { + StrSize = StrLen (DefaultString)* sizeof (CHAR16); + if (StrSize > Width) { + StrSize = Width; + } + + CopyMem (TmpBuffer, (UINT8 *)DefaultString, StrSize); + } + } else { + TmpBuffer = (UINT8 *)&(DefaultValueData->Value); + } + + for ( ; Width > 0 && (TmpBuffer != NULL); Width--) { + UnicodeValueToStringS ( + StringPtr, + Length * sizeof (CHAR16) - ((UINTN)StringPtr - (UINTN)*DefaultAltCfgResp), + PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX, + TmpBuffer[Width - 1], + 2 + ); + StringPtr += StrnLenS (StringPtr, Length - ((UINTN)StringPtr - (UINTN)*DefaultAltCfgResp) / sizeof (CHAR16)); + } + + if (DefaultString != NULL) { + FreePool (DefaultString); + DefaultString = NULL; + } + + if ((BlockData->OpCode == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP) && (TmpBuffer != NULL)) { + FreePool (TmpBuffer); + TmpBuffer = NULL; + } + } + } + } + + HiiToLower (*DefaultAltCfgResp); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + This function gets the full request string and full default value string by + parsing IFR data in HII form packages. + + When Request points to NULL string, the request string and default value string + for each varstore in form package will return. + + @param DataBaseRecord The DataBaseRecord instance contains the found Hii handle and package. + @param DevicePath Device Path which Hii Config Access Protocol is registered. + @param Request Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigRequest> format. When it doesn't contain + any RequestElement, it will be updated to return + the full RequestElement retrieved from IFR data. + If it points to NULL, the request string for the first + varstore in form package will be merged into a + <MultiConfigRequest> format string and return. + @param AltCfgResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigAltResp> format. When the pointer is to NULL, + the full default value string retrieved from IFR data + will return. When the pinter is to a string, the + full default value string retrieved from IFR data + will be merged into the input string and return. + When Request points to NULL, the default value string + for each varstore in form package will be merged into + a <MultiConfigAltResp> format string and return. + @param PointerProgress Optional parameter, it can be NULL. + When it is not NULL, if Request is NULL, it returns NULL. + On return, points to a character in the Request + string. Points to the string's null terminator if + request was successful. Points to the most recent + & before the first failing name / value pair (or + the beginning of the string if the failure is in + the first name / value pair) if the request was + not successful. + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string. + And AltCfgResp contains all default value string. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string. + @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The varstore (Guid and Name) in Request string + can't be found in Form package. + @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND HiiPackage can't be got on the input HiiHandle. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages ( + IN HII_DATABASE_RECORD *DataBaseRecord, + IN EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath, + IN OUT EFI_STRING *Request, + IN OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp, + OUT EFI_STRING *PointerProgress OPTIONAL + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINT8 *HiiFormPackage; + UINTN PackageSize; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *RequestBlockArray; + IFR_BLOCK_DATA *BlockData; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultValueData; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultId; + IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *DefaultIdArray; + IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *VarStorageData; + EFI_STRING DefaultAltCfgResp; + EFI_STRING ConfigHdr; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING Progress; + + if ((DataBaseRecord == NULL) || (DevicePath == NULL) || (Request == NULL) || (AltCfgResp == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + // + // Initialize the local variables. + // + RequestBlockArray = NULL; + DefaultIdArray = NULL; + VarStorageData = NULL; + DefaultAltCfgResp = NULL; + ConfigHdr = NULL; + HiiFormPackage = NULL; + PackageSize = 0; + Progress = *Request; + + Status = GetFormPackageData (DataBaseRecord, &HiiFormPackage, &PackageSize); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + // + // 1. Get the request block array by Request String when Request string contains the block array. + // + StringPtr = NULL; + if (*Request != NULL) { + StringPtr = *Request; + // + // Jump <ConfigHdr> + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"GUID="); + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&NAME="); + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH="); + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + // + // No request block is found. + // + StringPtr = NULL; + } + } + + // + // If StringPtr != NULL, get the request elements. + // + if (StringPtr != NULL) { + if (StrStr (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=") != NULL) { + RequestBlockArray = GetBlockElement (StringPtr, &Progress); + } else { + RequestBlockArray = GetNameElement (StringPtr, &Progress); + } + + if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) { + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + } + + // + // Initialize DefaultIdArray to store the map between DeaultId and DefaultName + // + DefaultIdArray = (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_DEFAULT_DATA)); + if (DefaultIdArray == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + InitializeListHead (&DefaultIdArray->Entry); + + // + // Initialize VarStorageData to store the var store Block and Default value information. + // + VarStorageData = (IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (IFR_VARSTORAGE_DATA)); + if (VarStorageData == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + InitializeListHead (&VarStorageData->Entry); + InitializeListHead (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry); + + // + // 2. Parse FormPackage to get BlockArray and DefaultId Array for the request BlockArray. + // + + // + // Parse the opcode in form package to get the default setting. + // + Status = ParseIfrData ( + DataBaseRecord->Handle, + HiiFormPackage, + (UINT32)PackageSize, + *Request, + RequestBlockArray, + VarStorageData, + DefaultIdArray + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + // + // No requested varstore in IFR data and directly return + // + if ((VarStorageData->Type == 0) && (VarStorageData->Name == NULL)) { + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + goto Done; + } + + // + // 3. Construct Request Element (Block Name) for 2.1 and 2.2 case. + // + Status = GenerateHdr (VarStorageData, DevicePath, &ConfigHdr); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + if (RequestBlockArray == NULL) { + if (!GenerateConfigRequest (ConfigHdr, VarStorageData, &Status, Request)) { + goto Done; + } + } + + // + // 4. Construct Default Value string in AltResp according to request element. + // Go through all VarStorageData Entry and get the DefaultId array for each one + // Then construct them all to : ConfigHdr AltConfigHdr ConfigBody AltConfigHdr ConfigBody + // + Status = GenerateAltConfigResp (DataBaseRecord->Handle, ConfigHdr, VarStorageData, DefaultIdArray, &DefaultAltCfgResp); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + // + // 5. Merge string into the input AltCfgResp if the input *AltCfgResp is not NULL. + // + if ((*AltCfgResp != NULL) && (DefaultAltCfgResp != NULL)) { + Status = MergeDefaultString (AltCfgResp, DefaultAltCfgResp); + FreePool (DefaultAltCfgResp); + } else if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) { + *AltCfgResp = DefaultAltCfgResp; + } + +Done: + if (RequestBlockArray != NULL) { + // + // Free Link Array RequestBlockArray + // + while (!IsListEmpty (&RequestBlockArray->Entry)) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (RequestBlockArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry); + if (BlockData->Name != NULL) { + FreePool (BlockData->Name); + } + + FreePool (BlockData); + } + + FreePool (RequestBlockArray); + } + + if (VarStorageData != NULL) { + // + // Free link array VarStorageData + // + while (!IsListEmpty (&VarStorageData->BlockEntry)) { + BlockData = BASE_CR (VarStorageData->BlockEntry.ForwardLink, IFR_BLOCK_DATA, Entry); + RemoveEntryList (&BlockData->Entry); + if (BlockData->Name != NULL) { + FreePool (BlockData->Name); + } + + // + // Free default value link array + // + while (!IsListEmpty (&BlockData->DefaultValueEntry)) { + DefaultValueData = BASE_CR (BlockData->DefaultValueEntry.ForwardLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + RemoveEntryList (&DefaultValueData->Entry); + FreePool (DefaultValueData); + } + + FreePool (BlockData); + } + + if (VarStorageData->Name != NULL) { + FreePool (VarStorageData->Name); + VarStorageData->Name = NULL; + } + + FreePool (VarStorageData); + } + + if (DefaultIdArray != NULL) { + // + // Free DefaultId Array + // + while (!IsListEmpty (&DefaultIdArray->Entry)) { + DefaultId = BASE_CR (DefaultIdArray->Entry.ForwardLink, IFR_DEFAULT_DATA, Entry); + RemoveEntryList (&DefaultId->Entry); + FreePool (DefaultId); + } + + FreePool (DefaultIdArray); + } + + // + // Free the allocated string + // + if (ConfigHdr != NULL) { + FreePool (ConfigHdr); + } + + // + // Free Package data + // + if (HiiFormPackage != NULL) { + FreePool (HiiFormPackage); + } + + if (PointerProgress != NULL) { + if (*Request == NULL) { + *PointerProgress = NULL; + } else if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + *PointerProgress = *Request; + } else { + *PointerProgress = *Request + StrLen (*Request); + } + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + This function gets the full request resp string by + parsing IFR data in HII form packages. + + @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL + instance. + @param EfiVarStoreInfo The efi varstore info which is save in the EFI + varstore data structure. + @param Request Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigRequest> format. + @param RequestResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigResp> format. + @param AccessProgress On return, points to a character in the Request + string. Points to the string's null terminator if + request was successful. Points to the most recent + & before the first failing name / value pair (or + the beginning of the string if the failure is in + the first name / value pair) if the request was + not successful. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string. + And AltCfgResp contains all default value string. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +GetConfigRespFromEfiVarStore ( + IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This, + IN EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo, + IN EFI_STRING Request, + OUT EFI_STRING *RequestResp, + OUT EFI_STRING *AccessProgress + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_STRING VarStoreName; + UINTN NameSize; + UINT8 *VarStore; + UINTN BufferSize; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + BufferSize = 0; + VarStore = NULL; + VarStoreName = NULL; + *AccessProgress = Request; + + NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name); + VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (VarStoreName == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize); + + Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, NULL); + if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) { + goto Done; + } + + VarStore = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize); + ASSERT (VarStore != NULL); + Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, VarStore); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + Status = HiiBlockToConfig (This, Request, VarStore, BufferSize, RequestResp, AccessProgress); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + +Done: + if (VarStoreName != NULL) { + FreePool (VarStoreName); + } + + if (VarStore != NULL) { + FreePool (VarStore); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + This function route the full request resp string for efi varstore. + + @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL + instance. + @param EfiVarStoreInfo The efi varstore info which is save in the EFI + varstore data structure. + @param RequestResp Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigResp> format. + @param Result Pointer to a null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigResp> format. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is set to the full request string. + And AltCfgResp contains all default value string. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the return string. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Request points to NULL. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +RouteConfigRespForEfiVarStore ( + IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This, + IN EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo, + IN EFI_STRING RequestResp, + OUT EFI_STRING *Result + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_STRING VarStoreName; + UINTN NameSize; + UINT8 *VarStore; + UINTN BufferSize; + UINTN BlockSize; + + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + BufferSize = 0; + VarStore = NULL; + VarStoreName = NULL; + *Result = RequestResp; + + NameSize = AsciiStrSize ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name); + VarStoreName = AllocateZeroPool (NameSize * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (VarStoreName == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + AsciiStrToUnicodeStrS ((CHAR8 *)EfiVarStoreInfo->Name, VarStoreName, NameSize); + + Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, NULL); + if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) { + DEBUG ((DEBUG_ERROR, "The variable does not exist!")); + goto Done; + } + + BlockSize = BufferSize; + VarStore = AllocateZeroPool (BufferSize); + ASSERT (VarStore != NULL); + Status = gRT->GetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, NULL, &BufferSize, VarStore); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + Status = HiiConfigToBlock (This, RequestResp, VarStore, &BlockSize, Result); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + Status = gRT->SetVariable (VarStoreName, &EfiVarStoreInfo->Guid, EfiVarStoreInfo->Attributes, BufferSize, VarStore); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + *Result = RequestResp; + goto Done; + } + +Done: + if (VarStoreName != NULL) { + FreePool (VarStoreName); + } + + if (VarStore != NULL) { + FreePool (VarStore); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + Validate the config request elements. + + @param ConfigElements A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format, + without configHdr field. + + @retval CHAR16 * THE first Name/value pair not correct. + @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair +**/ +CHAR16 * +OffsetWidthValidate ( + CHAR16 *ConfigElements + ) +{ + CHAR16 *StringPtr; + CHAR16 *RetVal; + + StringPtr = ConfigElements; + + while (1) { + RetVal = StringPtr; + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) != 0) { + return RetVal; + } + + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + return RetVal; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH="); + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + return NULL; + } + } +} + +/** + Validate the config request elements. + + @param ConfigElements A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format, + without configHdr field. + + @retval CHAR16 * THE first Name/value pair not correct. + @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair + +**/ +CHAR16 * +NameValueValidate ( + CHAR16 *ConfigElements + ) +{ + CHAR16 *StringPtr; + CHAR16 *RetVal; + + StringPtr = ConfigElements; + + while (1) { + RetVal = StringPtr; + if (*StringPtr != L'&') { + return RetVal; + } + + StringPtr += 1; + + StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&"); + + if (StringPtr == NULL) { + return NULL; + } + } +} + +/** + Validate the config request string. + + @param ConfigRequest A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigRequest> format. + + @retval CHAR16 * THE first element not correct. + @retval NULL Success parse the name/value pair + +**/ +CHAR16 * +ConfigRequestValidate ( + CHAR16 *ConfigRequest + ) +{ + BOOLEAN HasNameField; + CHAR16 *StringPtr; + + HasNameField = TRUE; + StringPtr = ConfigRequest; + + // + // Check <ConfigHdr> + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) { + return ConfigRequest; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"GUID="); + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&NAME=", StrLen (L"&NAME=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + return ConfigRequest; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&NAME="); + if (*StringPtr == L'&') { + HasNameField = FALSE; + } + + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&PATH=", StrLen (L"&PATH=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + return ConfigRequest; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&PATH="); + while (*StringPtr != L'\0' && *StringPtr != L'&') { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == L'\0') { + return NULL; + } + + if (HasNameField) { + // + // Should be Buffer varstore, config request should be "OFFSET/Width" pairs. + // + return OffsetWidthValidate (StringPtr); + } else { + // + // Should be Name/Value varstore, config request should be "&name1&name2..." pairs. + // + return NameValueValidate (StringPtr); + } +} + +/** + This function allows a caller to extract the current configuration + for one or more named elements from one or more drivers. + + @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL + instance. + @param Request A null-terminated Unicode string in + <MultiConfigRequest> format. + @param Progress On return, points to a character in the Request + string. Points to the string's null terminator if + request was successful. Points to the most recent + & before the first failing name / value pair (or + the beginning of the string if the failure is in + the first name / value pair) if the request was + not successful. + @param Results Null-terminated Unicode string in + <MultiConfigAltResp> format which has all values + filled in for the names in the Request string. + String to be allocated by the called function. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is filled with the values + corresponding to all requested names. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the + results that must be stored awaiting possible + future protocols. + @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Routing data doesn't match any known driver. + Progress set to the "G" in "GUID" of the routing + header that doesn't match. Note: There is no + requirement that all routing data be validated + before any configuration extraction. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER For example, passing in a NULL for the Request + parameter would result in this type of error. The + Progress parameter is set to NULL. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Illegal syntax. Progress set to most recent & + before the error or the beginning of the string. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The ExtractConfig function of the underlying HII + Configuration Access Protocol returned + EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER. Progress set to most recent + & before the error or the beginning of the string. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +HiiConfigRoutingExtractConfig ( + IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This, + IN CONST EFI_STRING Request, + OUT EFI_STRING *Progress, + OUT EFI_STRING *Results + ) +{ + HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING ConfigRequest; + UINTN Length; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath; + EFI_STATUS Status; + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database; + UINT8 *DevicePathPkg; + UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath; + EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle; + EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle; + EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess; + EFI_STRING AccessProgress; + EFI_STRING AccessResults; + EFI_STRING AccessProgressBackup; + EFI_STRING AccessResultsBackup; + EFI_STRING DefaultResults; + BOOLEAN FirstElement; + BOOLEAN IfrDataParsedFlag; + BOOLEAN IsEfiVarStore; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo; + EFI_STRING ErrorPtr; + UINTN DevicePathSize; + UINTN ConigStringSize; + UINTN ConigStringSizeNewsize; + EFI_STRING ConfigStringPtr; + + if ((This == NULL) || (Progress == NULL) || (Results == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + if (Request == NULL) { + *Progress = NULL; + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This); + StringPtr = Request; + *Progress = StringPtr; + DefaultResults = NULL; + ConfigRequest = NULL; + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + AccessResults = NULL; + AccessProgress = NULL; + AccessResultsBackup = NULL; + AccessProgressBackup = NULL; + DevicePath = NULL; + IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE; + IsEfiVarStore = FALSE; + EfiVarStoreInfo = NULL; + + // + // The first element of <MultiConfigRequest> should be + // <GuidHdr>, which is in 'GUID='<Guid> syntax. + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + FirstElement = TRUE; + + // + // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for + // Results if this fix length is insufficient. + // + *Results = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH); + if (*Results == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0) { + // + // If parsing error, set Progress to the beginning of the <MultiConfigRequest> + // or most recent & before the error. + // + if (StringPtr == Request) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + } else { + *Progress = StringPtr - 1; + } + + // + // Process each <ConfigRequest> of <MultiConfigRequest> + // + Length = CalculateConfigStringLen (StringPtr); + ConfigRequest = AllocateCopyPool ((Length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtr); + if (ConfigRequest == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Done; + } + + *(ConfigRequest + Length) = 0; + + // + // Get the UEFI device path + // + Status = GetDevicePath (ConfigRequest, (UINT8 **)&DevicePath); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + // + // Find driver which matches the routing data. + // + DriverHandle = NULL; + HiiHandle = NULL; + Database = NULL; + for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink; + Link != &Private->DatabaseList; + Link = Link->ForwardLink + ) + { + Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE); + if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) { + CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)CurrentDevicePath); + if ((CompareMem (DevicePath, CurrentDevicePath, DevicePathSize) == 0) && IsThisPackageList (Database, ConfigRequest)) { + DriverHandle = Database->DriverHandle; + HiiHandle = Database->Handle; + break; + } + } + } + + // + // Try to find driver handle by device path. + // + if (DriverHandle == NULL) { + TempDevicePath = DevicePath; + Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath ( + &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, + &TempDevicePath, + &DriverHandle + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DriverHandle == NULL)) { + // + // Routing data does not match any known driver. + // Set Progress to the 'G' in "GUID" of the routing header. + // + *Progress = StringPtr; + Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + goto Done; + } + } + + // + // Validate ConfigRequest String. + // + ErrorPtr = ConfigRequestValidate (ConfigRequest); + if (ErrorPtr != NULL) { + *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, ErrorPtr); + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Done; + } + + // + // Check whether ConfigRequest contains request string. + // + IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE; + if ((HiiHandle != NULL) && !GetElementsFromRequest (ConfigRequest)) { + // + // Get the full request string from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle + // + IfrDataParsedFlag = TRUE; + Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, &AccessProgress); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>. + // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it. + // + ASSERT (AccessProgress != NULL); + *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress); + goto Done; + } + + // + // Not any request block is found. + // + if (!GetElementsFromRequest (ConfigRequest)) { + AccessResults = AllocateCopyPool (StrSize (ConfigRequest), ConfigRequest); + goto NextConfigString; + } + } + + // + // Check whether this ConfigRequest is search from Efi varstore type storage. + // + Status = GetVarStoreType (Database, ConfigRequest, &IsEfiVarStore, &EfiVarStoreInfo); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + if (IsEfiVarStore) { + // + // Call the GetVariable function to extract settings. + // + Status = GetConfigRespFromEfiVarStore (This, EfiVarStoreInfo, ConfigRequest, &AccessResults, &AccessProgress); + FreePool (EfiVarStoreInfo); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>. + // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it. + // + *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress); + goto Done; + } + + // + // For EfiVarstore, call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to get the AltCfgResp from driver. + // + Status = gBS->HandleProtocol ( + DriverHandle, + &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid, + (VOID **)&ConfigAccess + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // The driver has EfiVarStore, may not install ConfigAccess protocol. + // So ignore the error status in this case. + // + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } else { + Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig ( + ConfigAccess, + ConfigRequest, + &AccessProgressBackup, + &AccessResultsBackup + ); + if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // Merge the AltCfgResp in AccessResultsBackup to AccessResults + // + if ((AccessResultsBackup != NULL) && (StrStr (AccessResultsBackup, L"&ALTCFG=") != NULL)) { + ConigStringSize = StrSize (AccessResults); + ConfigStringPtr = StrStr (AccessResultsBackup, L"&GUID="); + ConigStringSizeNewsize = StrSize (ConfigStringPtr) + ConigStringSize + sizeof (CHAR16); + AccessResults = (EFI_STRING)ReallocatePool ( + ConigStringSize, + ConigStringSizeNewsize, + AccessResults + ); + StrCatS (AccessResults, ConigStringSizeNewsize / sizeof (CHAR16), ConfigStringPtr); + } + } else { + // + // In the ExtractConfig function of some driver may not support EfiVarStore, + // may return error status, just ignore the error status in this case. + // + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + if (AccessResultsBackup != NULL) { + FreePool (AccessResultsBackup); + AccessResultsBackup = NULL; + } + } + } else { + // + // Call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to extract settings + // + Status = gBS->HandleProtocol ( + DriverHandle, + &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid, + (VOID **)&ConfigAccess + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + goto Done; + } + + Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig ( + ConfigAccess, + ConfigRequest, + &AccessProgress, + &AccessResults + ); + } + + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigRequest>. + // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigRequest> then return it. + // + *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress); + goto Done; + } + + // + // Attach this <ConfigAltResp> to a <MultiConfigAltResp>. There is a '&' + // which separates the first <ConfigAltResp> and the following ones. + // + ASSERT (*AccessProgress == 0); + + // + // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle + // + if (!IfrDataParsedFlag && (HiiHandle != NULL)) { + Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, NULL); + ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status); + } + + FreePool (DevicePath); + DevicePath = NULL; + + if (DefaultResults != NULL) { + Status = MergeDefaultString (&AccessResults, DefaultResults); + ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status); + FreePool (DefaultResults); + DefaultResults = NULL; + } + +NextConfigString: + if (!FirstElement) { + Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, L"&"); + ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status); + } + + Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, AccessResults); + ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status); + + FirstElement = FALSE; + + FreePool (AccessResults); + AccessResults = NULL; + FreePool (ConfigRequest); + ConfigRequest = NULL; + + // + // Go to next <ConfigRequest> (skip '&'). + // + StringPtr += Length; + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + break; + } + + StringPtr++; + } + +Done: + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + FreePool (*Results); + *Results = NULL; + } + + if (ConfigRequest != NULL) { + FreePool (ConfigRequest); + } + + if (AccessResults != NULL) { + FreePool (AccessResults); + } + + if (DefaultResults != NULL) { + FreePool (DefaultResults); + } + + if (DevicePath != NULL) { + FreePool (DevicePath); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + This function allows the caller to request the current configuration for the + entirety of the current HII database and returns the data in a + null-terminated Unicode string. + + @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL + instance. + @param Results Null-terminated Unicode string in + <MultiConfigAltResp> format which has all values + filled in for the entirety of the current HII + database. String to be allocated by the called + function. De-allocation is up to the caller. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Results string is filled with the values + corresponding to all requested names. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the + results that must be stored awaiting possible + future protocols. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER For example, passing in a NULL for the Results + parameter would result in this type of error. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +HiiConfigRoutingExportConfig ( + IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This, + OUT EFI_STRING *Results + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess; + EFI_STRING AccessResults; + EFI_STRING Progress; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING ConfigRequest; + UINTN Index; + EFI_HANDLE *ConfigAccessHandles; + UINTN NumberConfigAccessHandles; + BOOLEAN FirstElement; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath; + EFI_HII_HANDLE HiiHandle; + EFI_STRING DefaultResults; + HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private; + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database; + UINT8 *DevicePathPkg; + UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath; + BOOLEAN IfrDataParsedFlag; + + if ((This == NULL) || (Results == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This); + + // + // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for + // Results if this fix length is insufficient. + // + *Results = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH); + if (*Results == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + NumberConfigAccessHandles = 0; + Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer ( + ByProtocol, + &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid, + NULL, + &NumberConfigAccessHandles, + &ConfigAccessHandles + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + return Status; + } + + FirstElement = TRUE; + + for (Index = 0; Index < NumberConfigAccessHandles; Index++) { + Status = gBS->HandleProtocol ( + ConfigAccessHandles[Index], + &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid, + (VOID **)&ConfigAccess + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + continue; + } + + // + // Get DevicePath and HiiHandle for this ConfigAccess driver handle + // + IfrDataParsedFlag = FALSE; + Progress = NULL; + HiiHandle = NULL; + DefaultResults = NULL; + Database = NULL; + ConfigRequest = NULL; + DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (ConfigAccessHandles[Index]); + if (DevicePath != NULL) { + for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink; + Link != &Private->DatabaseList; + Link = Link->ForwardLink + ) + { + Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE); + if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) { + CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + if (CompareMem ( + DevicePath, + CurrentDevicePath, + GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)CurrentDevicePath) + ) == 0) + { + HiiHandle = Database->Handle; + break; + } + } + } + } + + Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig ( + ConfigAccess, + NULL, + &Progress, + &AccessResults + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle + // + if ((HiiHandle != NULL) && (DevicePath != NULL)) { + IfrDataParsedFlag = TRUE; + Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &ConfigRequest, &DefaultResults, NULL); + // + // Get the full request string to get the Current setting again. + // + if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (ConfigRequest != NULL)) { + Status = ConfigAccess->ExtractConfig ( + ConfigAccess, + ConfigRequest, + &Progress, + &AccessResults + ); + FreePool (ConfigRequest); + } else { + Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + } + } + + if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + // + // Update AccessResults by getting default setting from IFR when HiiPackage is registered to HiiHandle + // + if (!IfrDataParsedFlag && (HiiHandle != NULL) && (DevicePath != NULL)) { + StringPtr = StrStr (AccessResults, L"&GUID="); + if (StringPtr != NULL) { + *StringPtr = 0; + } + + if (GetElementsFromRequest (AccessResults)) { + Status = GetFullStringFromHiiFormPackages (Database, DevicePath, &AccessResults, &DefaultResults, NULL); + ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status); + } + + if (StringPtr != NULL) { + *StringPtr = L'&'; + } + } + + // + // Merge the default sting from IFR code into the got setting from driver. + // + if (DefaultResults != NULL) { + Status = MergeDefaultString (&AccessResults, DefaultResults); + ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status); + FreePool (DefaultResults); + DefaultResults = NULL; + } + + // + // Attach this <ConfigAltResp> to a <MultiConfigAltResp>. There is a '&' + // which separates the first <ConfigAltResp> and the following ones. + // + if (!FirstElement) { + Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, L"&"); + ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status); + } + + Status = AppendToMultiString (Results, AccessResults); + ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status); + + FirstElement = FALSE; + + FreePool (AccessResults); + AccessResults = NULL; + } + } + + FreePool (ConfigAccessHandles); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + This function processes the results of processing forms and routes it to the + appropriate handlers or storage. + + @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL + instance. + @param Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in + <MulltiConfigResp> format. + @param Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of + the most recent & before the first failing name / + value pair (or the beginning of the string if the + failure is in the first name / value pair) or the + terminating NULL if all was successful. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The results have been distributed or are awaiting + distribution. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to store the parts of the + results that must be stored awaiting possible + future protocols. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the Configuration parameter + would result in this type of error. + @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not + found. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +HiiConfigRoutingRouteConfig ( + IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This, + IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration, + OUT EFI_STRING *Progress + ) +{ + HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING ConfigResp; + UINTN Length; + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath; + EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *TempDevicePath; + LIST_ENTRY *Link; + HII_DATABASE_RECORD *Database; + UINT8 *DevicePathPkg; + UINT8 *CurrentDevicePath; + EFI_HANDLE DriverHandle; + EFI_HII_CONFIG_ACCESS_PROTOCOL *ConfigAccess; + EFI_STRING AccessProgress; + EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *EfiVarStoreInfo; + BOOLEAN IsEfiVarstore; + UINTN DevicePathSize; + + if ((This == NULL) || (Progress == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + if (Configuration == NULL) { + *Progress = NULL; + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This); + StringPtr = Configuration; + *Progress = StringPtr; + Database = NULL; + AccessProgress = NULL; + EfiVarStoreInfo = NULL; + IsEfiVarstore = FALSE; + + // + // The first element of <MultiConfigResp> should be + // <GuidHdr>, which is in 'GUID='<Guid> syntax. + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) == 0) { + // + // If parsing error, set Progress to the beginning of the <MultiConfigResp> + // or most recent & before the error. + // + if (StringPtr == Configuration) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + } else { + *Progress = StringPtr - 1; + } + + // + // Process each <ConfigResp> of <MultiConfigResp> + // + Length = CalculateConfigStringLen (StringPtr); + ConfigResp = AllocateCopyPool ((Length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16), StringPtr); + if (ConfigResp == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + // + // Append '\0' to the end of ConfigRequest + // + *(ConfigResp + Length) = 0; + + // + // Get the UEFI device path + // + Status = GetDevicePath (ConfigResp, (UINT8 **)&DevicePath); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + FreePool (ConfigResp); + return Status; + } + + // + // Find driver which matches the routing data. + // + DriverHandle = NULL; + for (Link = Private->DatabaseList.ForwardLink; + Link != &Private->DatabaseList; + Link = Link->ForwardLink + ) + { + Database = CR (Link, HII_DATABASE_RECORD, DatabaseEntry, HII_DATABASE_RECORD_SIGNATURE); + + if ((DevicePathPkg = Database->PackageList->DevicePathPkg) != NULL) { + CurrentDevicePath = DevicePathPkg + sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER); + DevicePathSize = GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)CurrentDevicePath); + if ((CompareMem (DevicePath, CurrentDevicePath, DevicePathSize) == 0) && IsThisPackageList (Database, ConfigResp)) { + DriverHandle = Database->DriverHandle; + break; + } + } + } + + // + // Try to find driver handle by device path. + // + if (DriverHandle == NULL) { + TempDevicePath = DevicePath; + Status = gBS->LocateDevicePath ( + &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, + &TempDevicePath, + &DriverHandle + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status) || (DriverHandle == NULL)) { + // + // Routing data does not match any known driver. + // Set Progress to the 'G' in "GUID" of the routing header. + // + FreePool (DevicePath); + *Progress = StringPtr; + FreePool (ConfigResp); + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + } + + FreePool (DevicePath); + + // + // Check whether this ConfigRequest is search from Efi varstore type storage. + // + Status = GetVarStoreType (Database, ConfigResp, &IsEfiVarstore, &EfiVarStoreInfo); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + return Status; + } + + if (IsEfiVarstore) { + // + // Call the SetVariable function to route settings. + // + Status = RouteConfigRespForEfiVarStore (This, EfiVarStoreInfo, ConfigResp, &AccessProgress); + FreePool (EfiVarStoreInfo); + } else { + // + // Call corresponding ConfigAccess protocol to route settings + // + Status = gBS->HandleProtocol ( + DriverHandle, + &gEfiHiiConfigAccessProtocolGuid, + (VOID **)&ConfigAccess + ); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + FreePool (ConfigResp); + return EFI_NOT_FOUND; + } + + Status = ConfigAccess->RouteConfig ( + ConfigAccess, + ConfigResp, + &AccessProgress + ); + } + + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + ASSERT (AccessProgress != NULL); + // + // AccessProgress indicates the parsing progress on <ConfigResp>. + // Map it to the progress on <MultiConfigResp> then return it. + // + *Progress = StrStr (StringPtr, AccessProgress); + + FreePool (ConfigResp); + return Status; + } + + FreePool (ConfigResp); + ConfigResp = NULL; + + // + // Go to next <ConfigResp> (skip '&'). + // + StringPtr += Length; + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + break; + } + + StringPtr++; + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + This helper function is to be called by drivers to map configuration data + stored in byte array ("block") formats such as UEFI Variables into current + configuration strings. + + @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL + instance. + @param ConfigRequest A null-terminated Unicode string in + <ConfigRequest> format. + @param Block Array of bytes defining the block's configuration. + @param BlockSize Length in bytes of Block. + @param Config Filled-in configuration string. String allocated + by the function. Returned only if call is + successful. It is <ConfigResp> string format. + @param Progress A pointer to a string filled in with the offset of + the most recent & before the first failing + name/value pair (or the beginning of the string if + the failure is in the first name / value pair) or + the terminating NULL if all was successful. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. Progress points to the null + terminator at the end of the ConfigRequest + string. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate Config. Progress + points to the first character of ConfigRequest. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the ConfigRequest or + Block parameter would result in this type of + error. Progress points to the first character of + ConfigRequest. + @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Block not large enough. Progress undefined. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Encountered non <BlockName> formatted string. + Block is left updated and Progress points at + the "&" preceding the first non-<BlockName>. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +HiiBlockToConfig ( + IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This, + IN CONST EFI_STRING ConfigRequest, + IN CONST UINT8 *Block, + IN CONST UINTN BlockSize, + OUT EFI_STRING *Config, + OUT EFI_STRING *Progress + ) +{ + HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + UINTN Length; + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_STRING TmpPtr; + UINT8 *TmpBuffer; + UINTN Offset; + UINTN Width; + UINT8 *Value; + EFI_STRING ValueStr; + EFI_STRING ConfigElement; + UINTN Index; + UINT8 *TemBuffer; + CHAR16 *TemString; + + TmpBuffer = NULL; + + if ((This == NULL) || (Progress == NULL) || (Config == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + if ((Block == NULL) || (ConfigRequest == NULL)) { + *Progress = ConfigRequest; + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This); + ASSERT (Private != NULL); + + StringPtr = ConfigRequest; + ValueStr = NULL; + Value = NULL; + ConfigElement = NULL; + + // + // Allocate a fix length of memory to store Results. Reallocate memory for + // Results if this fix length is insufficient. + // + *Config = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (MAX_STRING_LENGTH); + if (*Config == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + // + // Jump <ConfigHdr> + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr - 1; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + while (*StringPtr != L'&' && *StringPtr != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + + AppendToMultiString (Config, ConfigRequest); + HiiToLower (*Config); + + return EFI_SUCCESS; + } + + // + // Skip '&' + // + StringPtr++; + + // + // Copy <ConfigHdr> and an additional '&' to <ConfigResp> + // + TemString = AllocateCopyPool (sizeof (CHAR16) * (StringPtr - ConfigRequest + 1), ConfigRequest); + if (TemString == NULL) { + return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } + + TemString[StringPtr - ConfigRequest] = '\0'; + AppendToMultiString (Config, TemString); + FreePool (TemString); + + // + // Parse each <RequestElement> if exists + // Only <BlockName> format is supported by this help function. + // <BlockName> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number> + // + while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"OFFSET=", StrLen (L"OFFSET=")) == 0) { + // + // Back up the header of one <BlockName> + // + TmpPtr = StringPtr; + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"OFFSET="); + // + // Get Offset + // + Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + *Progress = TmpPtr - 1; + goto Exit; + } + + Offset = 0; + CopyMem ( + &Offset, + TmpBuffer, + (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN) + ); + FreePool (TmpBuffer); + + StringPtr += Length; + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) { + *Progress = TmpPtr - 1; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH="); + + // + // Get Width + // + Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + *Progress = TmpPtr - 1; + goto Exit; + } + + Width = 0; + CopyMem ( + &Width, + TmpBuffer, + (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN) + ); + FreePool (TmpBuffer); + + StringPtr += Length; + if ((*StringPtr != 0) && (*StringPtr != L'&')) { + *Progress = TmpPtr - 1; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + // + // Calculate Value and convert it to hex string. + // + if (Offset + Width > BlockSize) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + Status = EFI_DEVICE_ERROR; + goto Exit; + } + + Value = (UINT8 *)AllocateZeroPool (Width); + if (Value == NULL) { + *Progress = ConfigRequest; + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + CopyMem (Value, (UINT8 *)Block + Offset, Width); + + Length = Width * 2 + 1; + ValueStr = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (ValueStr == NULL) { + *Progress = ConfigRequest; + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + TemString = ValueStr; + TemBuffer = Value + Width - 1; + for (Index = 0; Index < Width; Index++, TemBuffer--) { + UnicodeValueToStringS ( + TemString, + Length * sizeof (CHAR16) - ((UINTN)TemString - (UINTN)ValueStr), + PREFIX_ZERO | RADIX_HEX, + *TemBuffer, + 2 + ); + TemString += StrnLenS (TemString, Length - ((UINTN)TemString - (UINTN)ValueStr) / sizeof (CHAR16)); + } + + FreePool (Value); + Value = NULL; + + // + // Build a ConfigElement + // + Length += StringPtr - TmpPtr + 1 + StrLen (L"VALUE="); + ConfigElement = (EFI_STRING)AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (ConfigElement == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + goto Exit; + } + + CopyMem (ConfigElement, TmpPtr, (StringPtr - TmpPtr + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + *(ConfigElement + (StringPtr - TmpPtr)) = L'&'; + } + + *(ConfigElement + (StringPtr - TmpPtr) + 1) = 0; + StrCatS (ConfigElement, Length, L"VALUE="); + StrCatS (ConfigElement, Length, ValueStr); + + AppendToMultiString (Config, ConfigElement); + + FreePool (ConfigElement); + FreePool (ValueStr); + ConfigElement = NULL; + ValueStr = NULL; + + // + // If '\0', parsing is finished. Otherwise skip '&' to continue + // + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + break; + } + + AppendToMultiString (Config, L"&"); + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr != 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr - 1; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + HiiToLower (*Config); + *Progress = StringPtr; + return EFI_SUCCESS; + +Exit: + if (*Config != NULL) { + FreePool (*Config); + *Config = NULL; + } + + if (ValueStr != NULL) { + FreePool (ValueStr); + } + + if (Value != NULL) { + FreePool (Value); + } + + if (ConfigElement != NULL) { + FreePool (ConfigElement); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + This helper function is to be called by drivers to map configuration strings + to configurations stored in byte array ("block") formats such as UEFI Variables. + + @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL + instance. + @param ConfigResp A null-terminated Unicode string in <ConfigResp> + format. + @param Block A possibly null array of bytes representing the + current block. Only bytes referenced in the + ConfigResp string in the block are modified. If + this parameter is null or if the *BlockSize + parameter is (on input) shorter than required by + the Configuration string, only the BlockSize + parameter is updated and an appropriate status + (see below) is returned. + @param BlockSize The length of the Block in units of UINT8. On + input, this is the size of the Block. On output, + if successful, contains the largest index of the + modified byte in the Block, or the required buffer + size if the Block is not large enough. + @param Progress On return, points to an element of the ConfigResp + string filled in with the offset of the most + recent '&' before the first failing name / value + pair (or the beginning of the string if the + failure is in the first name / value pair) or the + terminating NULL if all was successful. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. Progress points to the null + terminator at the end of the ConfigResp string. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate Config. Progress + points to the first character of ConfigResp. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Passing in a NULL for the ConfigResp or + Block parameter would result in this type of + error. Progress points to the first character of + ConfigResp. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Encountered non <BlockName> formatted name / + value pair. Block is left updated and + Progress points at the '&' preceding the first + non-<BlockName>. + @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Block not large enough. Progress undefined. + BlockSize is updated with the required buffer size. + @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not found. + Progress points to the "G" in "GUID" of the errant + routing data. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +HiiConfigToBlock ( + IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This, + IN CONST EFI_STRING ConfigResp, + IN OUT UINT8 *Block, + IN OUT UINTN *BlockSize, + OUT EFI_STRING *Progress + ) +{ + HII_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA *Private; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING TmpPtr; + UINTN Length; + EFI_STATUS Status; + UINT8 *TmpBuffer; + UINTN Offset; + UINTN Width; + UINT8 *Value; + UINTN BufferSize; + UINTN MaxBlockSize; + + TmpBuffer = NULL; + + if ((This == NULL) || (BlockSize == NULL) || (Progress == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + *Progress = ConfigResp; + if (ConfigResp == NULL) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + Private = CONFIG_ROUTING_DATABASE_PRIVATE_DATA_FROM_THIS (This); + ASSERT (Private != NULL); + + StringPtr = ConfigResp; + BufferSize = *BlockSize; + Value = NULL; + MaxBlockSize = 0; + + // + // Jump <ConfigHdr> + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"PATH=", StrLen (L"PATH=")) != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + while (*StringPtr != L'&' && *StringPtr != 0) { + StringPtr++; + } + + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + // + // Parse each <ConfigElement> if exists + // Only '&'<BlockConfig> format is supported by this help function. + // <BlockConfig> ::= 'OFFSET='<Number>&'WIDTH='<Number>&'VALUE='<Number> + // + while (*StringPtr != 0 && StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&OFFSET=", StrLen (L"&OFFSET=")) == 0) { + TmpPtr = StringPtr; + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&OFFSET="); + // + // Get Offset + // + Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + *Progress = TmpPtr; + goto Exit; + } + + Offset = 0; + CopyMem ( + &Offset, + TmpBuffer, + (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN) + ); + FreePool (TmpBuffer); + + StringPtr += Length; + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&WIDTH=", StrLen (L"&WIDTH=")) != 0) { + *Progress = TmpPtr; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&WIDTH="); + + // + // Get Width + // + Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &TmpBuffer, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + *Progress = TmpPtr; + goto Exit; + } + + Width = 0; + CopyMem ( + &Width, + TmpBuffer, + (((Length + 1) / 2) < sizeof (UINTN)) ? ((Length + 1) / 2) : sizeof (UINTN) + ); + FreePool (TmpBuffer); + + StringPtr += Length; + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"&VALUE=", StrLen (L"&VALUE=")) != 0) { + *Progress = TmpPtr; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + StringPtr += StrLen (L"&VALUE="); + + // + // Get Value + // + Status = GetValueOfNumber (StringPtr, &Value, &Length); + if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) { + *Progress = TmpPtr; + goto Exit; + } + + StringPtr += Length; + if ((*StringPtr != 0) && (*StringPtr != L'&')) { + *Progress = TmpPtr; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + // + // Update the Block with configuration info + // + if ((Block != NULL) && (Offset + Width <= BufferSize)) { + CopyMem (Block + Offset, Value, Width); + } + + if (Offset + Width > MaxBlockSize) { + MaxBlockSize = Offset + Width; + } + + FreePool (Value); + Value = NULL; + + // + // If '\0', parsing is finished. + // + if (*StringPtr == 0) { + break; + } + } + + // + // The input string is not ConfigResp format, return error. + // + if (*StringPtr != 0) { + *Progress = StringPtr; + Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + goto Exit; + } + + *Progress = StringPtr + StrLen (StringPtr); + *BlockSize = MaxBlockSize - 1; + + if (MaxBlockSize > BufferSize) { + *BlockSize = MaxBlockSize; + if (Block != NULL) { + return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL; + } + } + + if (Block == NULL) { + *Progress = ConfigResp; + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + return EFI_SUCCESS; + +Exit: + + if (Value != NULL) { + FreePool (Value); + } + + return Status; +} + +/** + This helper function is to be called by drivers to extract portions of + a larger configuration string. + + @param This A pointer to the EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL + instance. + @param Configuration A null-terminated Unicode string in + <MultiConfigAltResp> format. + @param Guid A pointer to the GUID value to search for in the + routing portion of the ConfigResp string when + retrieving the requested data. If Guid is NULL, + then all GUID values will be searched for. + @param Name A pointer to the NAME value to search for in the + routing portion of the ConfigResp string when + retrieving the requested data. If Name is NULL, + then all Name values will be searched for. + @param DevicePath A pointer to the PATH value to search for in the + routing portion of the ConfigResp string when + retrieving the requested data. If DevicePath is + NULL, then all DevicePath values will be searched + for. + @param AltCfgId A pointer to the ALTCFG value to search for in the + routing portion of the ConfigResp string when + retrieving the requested data. If this parameter + is NULL, then the current setting will be + retrieved. + @param AltCfgResp A pointer to a buffer which will be allocated by + the function which contains the retrieved string + as requested. This buffer is only allocated if + the call was successful. It is <ConfigResp> format. + + @retval EFI_SUCCESS The request succeeded. The requested data was + extracted and placed in the newly allocated + AltCfgResp buffer. + @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory to allocate AltCfgResp. + @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any parameter is invalid. + @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND Target for the specified routing data was not + found. + +**/ +EFI_STATUS +EFIAPI +HiiGetAltCfg ( + IN CONST EFI_HII_CONFIG_ROUTING_PROTOCOL *This, + IN CONST EFI_STRING Configuration, + IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid, + IN CONST EFI_STRING Name, + IN CONST EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath, + IN CONST UINT16 *AltCfgId, + OUT EFI_STRING *AltCfgResp + ) +{ + EFI_STATUS Status; + EFI_STRING StringPtr; + EFI_STRING HdrStart; + EFI_STRING HdrEnd; + EFI_STRING TmpPtr; + UINTN Length; + EFI_STRING GuidStr; + EFI_STRING NameStr; + EFI_STRING PathStr; + EFI_STRING AltIdStr; + EFI_STRING Result; + BOOLEAN GuidFlag; + BOOLEAN NameFlag; + BOOLEAN PathFlag; + + HdrStart = NULL; + HdrEnd = NULL; + GuidStr = NULL; + NameStr = NULL; + PathStr = NULL; + AltIdStr = NULL; + Result = NULL; + GuidFlag = FALSE; + NameFlag = FALSE; + PathFlag = FALSE; + + if ((This == NULL) || (Configuration == NULL) || (AltCfgResp == NULL)) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + StringPtr = Configuration; + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, L"GUID=", StrLen (L"GUID=")) != 0) { + return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + // + // Generate the sub string for later matching. + // + GenerateSubStr (L"GUID=", sizeof (EFI_GUID), (VOID *)Guid, 1, &GuidStr); + GenerateSubStr ( + L"PATH=", + GetDevicePathSize ((EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)DevicePath), + (VOID *)DevicePath, + 1, + &PathStr + ); + if (AltCfgId != NULL) { + GenerateSubStr (L"ALTCFG=", sizeof (UINT16), (VOID *)AltCfgId, 3, &AltIdStr); + } + + if (Name != NULL) { + GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", StrLen (Name) * sizeof (CHAR16), (VOID *)Name, 2, &NameStr); + } else { + GenerateSubStr (L"NAME=", 0, NULL, 2, &NameStr); + } + + while (*StringPtr != 0) { + // + // Try to match the GUID + // + if (!GuidFlag) { + TmpPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, GuidStr); + if (TmpPtr == NULL) { + Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + goto Exit; + } + + HdrStart = TmpPtr; + + // + // Jump to <NameHdr> + // + if (Guid != NULL) { + StringPtr = TmpPtr + StrLen (GuidStr); + } else { + StringPtr = StrStr (TmpPtr, L"NAME="); + if (StringPtr == NULL) { + Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + goto Exit; + } + } + + GuidFlag = TRUE; + } + + // + // Try to match the NAME + // + if (GuidFlag && !NameFlag) { + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, NameStr, StrLen (NameStr)) != 0) { + GuidFlag = FALSE; + } else { + // + // Jump to <PathHdr> + // + if (Name != NULL) { + StringPtr += StrLen (NameStr); + } else { + StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"PATH="); + if (StringPtr == NULL) { + Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + goto Exit; + } + } + + NameFlag = TRUE; + } + } + + // + // Try to match the DevicePath + // + if (GuidFlag && NameFlag && !PathFlag) { + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, PathStr, StrLen (PathStr)) != 0) { + GuidFlag = FALSE; + NameFlag = FALSE; + } else { + // + // Jump to '&' before <DescHdr> or <ConfigBody> + // + if (DevicePath != NULL) { + StringPtr += StrLen (PathStr); + } else { + StringPtr = StrStr (StringPtr, L"&"); + if (StringPtr == NULL) { + Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + goto Exit; + } + + StringPtr++; + } + + PathFlag = TRUE; + HdrEnd = StringPtr; + } + } + + // + // Try to match the AltCfgId + // + if (GuidFlag && NameFlag && PathFlag) { + if (AltCfgId == NULL) { + // + // Return Current Setting when AltCfgId is NULL. + // + Status = OutputConfigBody (StringPtr, &Result); + goto Exit; + } + + // + // Search the <ConfigAltResp> to get the <AltResp> with AltCfgId. + // + if (StrnCmp (StringPtr, AltIdStr, StrLen (AltIdStr)) != 0) { + GuidFlag = FALSE; + NameFlag = FALSE; + PathFlag = FALSE; + } else { + // + // Skip AltIdStr and & + // + StringPtr = StringPtr + StrLen (AltIdStr); + Status = OutputConfigBody (StringPtr, &Result); + goto Exit; + } + } + } + + Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND; + +Exit: + *AltCfgResp = NULL; + if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && (Result != NULL)) { + // + // Copy the <ConfigHdr> and <ConfigBody> + // + Length = HdrEnd - HdrStart + StrLen (Result) + 1; + *AltCfgResp = AllocateZeroPool (Length * sizeof (CHAR16)); + if (*AltCfgResp == NULL) { + Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES; + } else { + StrnCpyS (*AltCfgResp, Length, HdrStart, HdrEnd - HdrStart); + StrCatS (*AltCfgResp, Length, Result); + Status = EFI_SUCCESS; + } + } + + if (GuidStr != NULL) { + FreePool (GuidStr); + } + + if (NameStr != NULL) { + FreePool (NameStr); + } + + if (PathStr != NULL) { + FreePool (PathStr); + } + + if (AltIdStr != NULL) { + FreePool (AltIdStr); + } + + if (Result != NULL) { + FreePool (Result); + } + + return Status; +} |